You are on page 1of 251

SingleRAN

ALD Management Feature


Parameter Description

Issue Draft A
Date 2016-06-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2016. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Contents

Contents

1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1


1.1 Scope.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Intended Audience.......................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.3 Change History............................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types....................................................................................................................... 2

2 Overview......................................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................... 3
2.2 MRFD-210602 RET Antenna.......................................................................................................................................11
2.3 MRFD-210601 TMA....................................................................................................................................................11
2.4 WRFD-060003 SASU.................................................................................................................................................. 12
2.5 LOFD-001024/TDLOFD-001024 RAE....................................................................................................................... 12
2.6 AAS Module.................................................................................................................................................................13
2.6.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 13
2.6.2 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas....................................................................................................................... 13

3 ALD Device Data Configuration.............................................................................................. 15


4 ALD Management Functions.................................................................................................... 16
4.1 RET Antenna Functions............................................................................................................................................... 16
4.1.1 Connections Between RET Antennas and RRUs/RFUs............................................................................................16
4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas.................................................................................................................................... 25
4.2 TMA Functions.............................................................................................................................................................27
4.2.1 Connections Between the TMA, RRU/RFU, and RET Antenna.............................................................................. 27
4.2.2 Operations on the TMA............................................................................................................................................. 33
4.3 SASU Functions........................................................................................................................................................... 34
4.3.1 Connections Between the SASU, RRU/RFU, and RET Antenna............................................................................. 34
4.3.2 Operations on the SASU............................................................................................................................................36
4.4 RAE Functions............................................................................................................................................................. 37
4.4.1 Connections Between the RAE and RRU/RFU........................................................................................................ 37
4.4.2 Operations on the RAE..............................................................................................................................................43
4.5 AAS Functions............................................................................................................................................................. 44
4.5.1 Connections Between the AAS Module with Passive Antennas, RRU/RFU, and BBU...........................................44
4.5.2 Operations on AAS Modules.....................................................................................................................................47

5 Related Features...........................................................................................................................49

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Contents

5.1 Features Related to MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier).......................................... 49
5.2 Features Related to MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt......................................................................................... 49
5.3 Features Related to WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz)................................................... 50
5.4 Features Related to LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control............................................................................. 50
5.5 Features Related to TDLOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control........................................................................50

6 Network Impact........................................................................................................................... 51
6.1 MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier).......................................................................... 51
6.2 MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt......................................................................................................................... 51
6.3 WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz)................................................................................... 51
6.4 LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control.............................................................................................................52
6.5 TDLOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control........................................................................................................52

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on Multimode Base Station).......53


7.1 When to Use ALD Management.................................................................................................................................. 53
7.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 53
7.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................ 53
7.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................. 53
7.4.1 Requirements............................................................................................................................................................. 53
7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs).......................................................................................................... 54
7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules)............................................................................................................................... 57
7.4.4 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................ 57
7.4.5 Initial Configuration.................................................................................................................................................. 58
7.4.6 Commissioning.......................................................................................................................................................... 59
7.4.7 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................60
7.4.8 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................60
7.4.9 Reconfiguration......................................................................................................................................................... 60
7.5 Performance Monitoring...............................................................................................................................................61
7.6 Parameter Optimization................................................................................................................................................ 61
7.7 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................ 61

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)


............................................................................................................................................................ 62
8.1 When to Use ALD Management.................................................................................................................................. 62
8.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 62
8.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................ 62
8.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................. 62
8.4.1 Requirements............................................................................................................................................................. 62
8.4.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................ 62
8.4.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................88
8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI............................................................................................................................... 91
8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands..................................................................92
8.4.6 Commissioning........................................................................................................................................................ 101
8.4.7 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................102

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Contents

8.4.8 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................103
8.4.9 Reconfiguration....................................................................................................................................................... 103
8.5 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................105
8.6 Parameter Optimization.............................................................................................................................................. 105
8.7 Troubleshooting.......................................................................................................................................................... 105

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on GBTS Side).............................106


9.1 When to Use ALD Management................................................................................................................................ 106
9.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................. 106
9.3 Planning...................................................................................................................................................................... 106
9.4 Deployment................................................................................................................................................................ 106
9.4.1 Requirements........................................................................................................................................................... 106
9.4.2 Data Preparation...................................................................................................................................................... 106
9.4.3 Precautions...............................................................................................................................................................121
9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI............................................................................................................................. 123
9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands................................................................124
9.4.6 Commissioning........................................................................................................................................................ 127
9.4.7 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................127
9.4.8 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................127
9.4.9 Reconfiguration....................................................................................................................................................... 128
9.5 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................129
9.6 Parameter Optimization.............................................................................................................................................. 129
9.7 Troubleshooting.......................................................................................................................................................... 129

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment).................................................130


10.1 When to Use ALD Automatic Deployment............................................................................................................. 130
10.2 Required Information............................................................................................................................................... 130
10.3 Planning.................................................................................................................................................................... 130
10.4 Deployment.............................................................................................................................................................. 130
10.4.1 Process................................................................................................................................................................... 130
10.4.2 Requirements......................................................................................................................................................... 131
10.4.3 Data Preparation.................................................................................................................................................... 131
10.4.4 Creating an ALD Automatic Deployment Task.................................................................................................... 135
10.4.5 Initial Configuration.............................................................................................................................................. 137
10.4.6 Commissioning...................................................................................................................................................... 140
10.4.7 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................140
10.4.8 Checking that ALD Automatic Deployment Is Complete.....................................................................................141
10.4.9 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................141
10.4.10 Reconfiguration................................................................................................................................................... 143
10.5 Performance Monitoring...........................................................................................................................................144
10.6 Parameter Optimization............................................................................................................................................ 144
10.7 Troubleshooting........................................................................................................................................................ 145
10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration Process..................................................................................................146

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Contents

11 Parameters................................................................................................................................. 164
12 Counters.................................................................................................................................... 243
13 Glossary..................................................................................................................................... 244
14 Reference Documents............................................................................................................. 245

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

1 About This Document

1.1 Scope
This document describes antenna line device (ALD) management and provides engineering
guidelines. ALD management includes the features described in Table 1-1.

Table 1-1 Features related to ALD management


Mode Feature ID Feature Name

GSM MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted


Amplifier)

MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt

UMTS MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted


Amplifier)

MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt

WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz)

LTE FDD LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control

LTE TDD TDLOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control

This document applies to macro base stations (BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A,


BTS3900AL, BTS3900C, and DBS3900) and DBS3900 LampSite base stations.
Any managed objects (MOs), parameters, alarms, or counters described below correspond to
the software release delivered with this document. Any future updates will be described in the
product documentation delivered with the latest software release.
In this document, the following naming conventions apply for LTE terms.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Includes FDD and TDD Includes FDD Only Includes TDD Only

LTE LTE FDD LTE TDD

eNodeB LTE FDD eNodeB LTE TDD eNodeB

In addition, the "G", "U", "L", and "T" in RAT acronyms refer to GSM, UMTS, LTE FDD
and LTE TDD, respectively.

1.2 Intended Audience


This document is intended for personnel who:

l Need to understand the features described herein


l Work with Huawei products

1.3 Change History


This section provides information about the changes in different document versions.

There are two types of changes, which are defined as follows:

l Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version.
l Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier
version.

SRAN12.0 Draft A (2016-06-30)


Compared with Issue 03 (2016-05-31) of SRAN11.1, Draft A (2016-06-30) of SRAN12.0
includes the following changes.

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change Added the description of the following RRU: None


l pRRU3916
For details, see chapter 2.1 Introduction.

Editorial change None None

1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types


The features described in this document apply only to macro base stations.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

2 Overview

2.1 Introduction
ALD is a generic term for antenna devices, including:
l Remote electrical tilt (RET) antenna
l Tower-mounted amplifier (TMA)
l Same-band antenna sharing unit (SASU)
l Remote antenna extension (RAE) unit
l Active antenna system (AAS) module.

Currently, a maximum of six ALDs can be cascaded on a control port of a remote radio unit
(RRU)/radio frequency unit (RFU) to enable the RET function, and the number of each type
of ALD varies in different application scenarios.

Table 2-1 lists the capabilities of GSM, UMTS, LTE FDD, and LTE TDD radio access
technology (RAT) systems to configure and manage different types of ALDs. Table legend:
Yes: supported; No: not supported.

Table 2-1 Capabilities of GSM, UMTS, and LTE RAT systems to configure and manage
different types of ALDs
RAT System RET TMA SASU RAE AAS

GSM Yes Yes No Yes Yes

UMTS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

LTE FDD Yes Yes No Yes Yes

LTE TDD Yes No No Yes No

NOTE

The RET cannot be used when a 4T4R RRU serves as two 2T2R RRUs in LTE TDD mode.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Table 2-2, Table 2-3, Table 2-4, Table 2-5 and Table 2-6 list the capabilities of RF modules
to support different types of ALDs.
Table legend: Yes: supported; No: not supported; /: N/A
If an RF port does not support RET antennas, control signals cannot be transmitted or
received on this RF port.

RF Module RET (ANT_A TMA RET (RET TMA (RET


Port) (ANT_A Port) Port) Port)

RRU3956 No No / /

Table 2-2 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with two RF ports to support different types of
ALDs
RF RET TMA RET TMA RET TMA
Module (ANT_A (ANT_A (ANT_B (ANT_B (RET (RET
Port) Port) Port) Port) Port) Port)

CRFUd Yes Yes No Yes / /

CRFUe Yes Yes No Yes / /

DRFU No No No No / /

GRFU Yes Yes No Yes / /

LRFU Yes Yes No Yes / /

LRFUe Yes Yes No Yes / /

MRFU Yes Yes No Yes / /

MRFUc Yes Yes No Yes / /

MRFUd Yes Yes No Yes / /

MRFUd Yes Yes No Yes / /


V6

MRFUe Yes Yes No Yes / /

WRFU Yes Yes No Yes / /

WRFUa Yes Yes No Yes / /

WRFUd Yes Yes No Yes / /

WRFUe Yes Yes No Yes / /

RRU3004 No No No No Yes No

RRU3008 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3201 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

RF RET TMA RET TMA RET TMA


Module (ANT_A (ANT_A (ANT_B (ANT_B (RET (RET
Port) Port) Port) Port) Port) Port)

RRU3203 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3220 Yes No No No Yes No

RRU3220 No No No No / /
E

RRU3230 No No No No / /
E

RRU3930 No No No No / /
E

RRU3221 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3222 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3229 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3249 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3251 Yes No No No Yes No

RRU3268 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3628 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3638 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3668 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3801 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No


E

RRU3804 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3805 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3806 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3808 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3824 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3826 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3828 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3829 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3838 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3839 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3908 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

RF RET TMA RET TMA RET TMA


Module (ANT_A (ANT_A (ANT_B (ANT_B (RET (RET
Port) Port) Port) Port) Port) Port)

RRU3926 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3928 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3929 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3936 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3938 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3939 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3959 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3959 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No


w

RRU3961 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No

RRU3965 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

Table 2-3 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with four RF ports to support different types of
ALDs

RF Module RE TM RET TM RET TM RET TM RE TM


T A (AN A (AN A (AN A T A
(AN (AN T_B (AN T_C (AN T_D (AN (RE (RE
T_A T_A Port) T_B Port T_C Port) T_D T T
Port Port Port ) Port Port) Por Por
) ) ) ) t) t)

MRFUdw No No No No Yes Yes No Yes / /


V6

RRU3232 Yes No No No No No No No Yes No

RRU3235 Yes No No No No No No No Yes No

RRU3240 Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3252 Yes No No No No No No No Yes No

RRU3256 Yes No No No No No No No Yes No

RRU3260 Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3262 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3276 Yes No No No No No No No Yes No

RRU3281 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes

RRU3632 Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

RF Module RE TM RET TM RET TM RET TM RE TM


T A (AN A (AN A (AN A T A
(AN (AN T_B (AN T_C (AN T_D (AN (RE (RE
T_A T_A Port) T_B Port T_C Port) T_D T T
Port Port Port ) Port Port) Por Por
) ) ) ) t) t)

RRU3642 Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3702 Yes No No No No No No No Yes No

RRU3832 Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3841 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3942 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3952 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3952m Yes Yes No Yes No No No No Yes Yes

RRU3953 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3953w Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3962 Yes Yes No Yes No No No No Yes No

RRU3962d Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No

RRU3965d Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3971 Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes

Table 2-4 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with four RF ports to support RETs
RF Module ANT_0 Port ANT_1 Port ANT_2 Port ANT_3 Port

pRRU3902 No No No No

pRRU3907 No No No No

Table 2-5 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with six RF ports to support RETs
RF ANT_0 ANT_1 ANT_2 ANT_3 ANT_4 ANT_5
Module Port Port Port Port Port Port

pRRU3901 No No No No No No

pRRU3911 No No No No No No

pRRU3916 No No No No No No

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Table 2-6 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with eight RF ports to support RETs
RF ANT ANT ANT ANT ANT ANT ANT ANT CAL RET
Modul _1 _2 _3 _4 _5 _6 _7 _8 Port Port
e Port Port Port Port Port Port Port Port

RRU31 No No No No No No No No Yes Yes


68

RRU32 No No No No No No No No Yes Yes


53

RRU32 No No No No No No No No Yes Yes


59

RRU32 No No No No No No No No Yes Yes


78

RRU32 No No No No No No No No Yes Yes


79

Table 2-7 lists the capabilities of RF modules to support RET antennas.

Table 2-7 Capabilities of RF modules to support RET antennas


RF Module AISG Protocol RET Antenna RET Antenna
Supported Voltage Current

CRFUd 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

CRFUe 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

GRFU 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

LRFU 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

LRFUe 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

MRFU 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

MRFUc 1.1/2.0 12V 2.3A

MRFUd 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

MRFUd V6 1.1/2.0 12V 2.3A

MRFUdw V6 1.1/2.0 12V 2.3A

MRFUe 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

WRFU 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

WRFUa 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

WRFUd 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

WRFUe 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

RF Module AISG Protocol RET Antenna RET Antenna


Supported Voltage Current

RRU3004 1.1 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3008 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3168 1.1/2.0 24 V 2.3A

RRU3201 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3203 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3220 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3221 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3222 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3229 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3232 1.1/2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A

RRU3235 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3240 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3249 1.1/2.0 12V 2.3A

RRU3251 1.1/2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A

RRU3252 1.1/2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A

RRU3253 1.1/2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A

RRU3256 1.1/2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A

RRU3259 1.1/2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A

RRU3260 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3262 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3268 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3276 1.1/2.0 12V 2.3A

RRU3278 1.1/2.0 12V 2.3A

RRU3279 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3281 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3628 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3632 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3638 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3642 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

RF Module AISG Protocol RET Antenna RET Antenna


Supported Voltage Current

RRU3668 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3702 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3801E 1.1 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3804 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3805 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3806 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3808 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3824 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3826 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3828 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3829 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3832 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3838 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3839 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3841 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3908 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3926 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3928 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3929 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3936 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3938 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3939 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3942 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3952 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3952m 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3A

RRU3953 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3A

RRU3953w 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3A

RRU3959 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3959w 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3A

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

RF Module AISG Protocol RET Antenna RET Antenna


Supported Voltage Current

RRU3961 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3962 1.1/2.0 12V 2.3A

RRU3962d 1.1/2.0 12V 2.3A

RRU3965 1.1/2.0 12V 2.3A

RRU3965d 1.1/2.0 12V 2.3A

RRU3971 1.1/2.0 12V 2.3A

2.2 MRFD-210602 RET Antenna


One RET antenna consists of one remote control unit (RCU) and one or more RET subunits.
l The RCU is the control unit of an RET antenna. It receives and runs the control
commands from the base station and drives the stepper motor. The stepper motor drives
the phase shifter inside the antenna device, and the phase shifter adjusts the antenna tilt.
Interface RS485 functions as the control interface of the RCU.
l RET subunits are antenna devices that can be independently controlled.
An RET antenna may comprise more than one RET subunit combined in a single physical
entity. The RET antenna is classified into the following types:
l A single-antenna RET antenna (SINGLE_RET) has only one RET subunit.
l A multi-antenna RET antenna (MULTI_RET) has multiple RET subunits, each of
which supports the configuration file download and downtilt setting. A multi-antenna
RET antenna can be regarded as a set of single-antenna RET antennas installed in a
radome.
The RET antenna has the following benefits:
l Remote adjustment eliminates onsite operations. Antenna maintenance is not subject to
site conditions such as weather and location.
l High adjustment efficiency reduces network optimization and maintenance costs.
l Adjustable downtilt prevents coverage distortion, which improves signal coverage and
decreases neighboring cell interference.
Compared with antennas with mechanical downtilts, RET antennas have the disadvantages of
higher cost and higher complexity.

2.3 MRFD-210601 TMA


A TMA is a low noise amplifier (LNA) installed next to the antenna. It improves the signal-
to-noise ratio (SNR), sensitivity, and uplink coverage of a base station.
TMAs are classified into two types: common TMA and smart TMA. Unlike common TMAs,
smart TMAs support the Antenna Interface Standards Group (AISG) protocol. Unless
otherwise stated in this document, "TMA" refers to a smart TMA.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

TMAs have a built-in smart bias-tee (SBT) that performs the following functions:
l Converts RS485 signals received from the RCU to on-off-keying (OOK) signals, and
converts OOK signals received from the RRU or RFU to RS485 signals
l Feeds DC power from the remote radio unit (RRU)/radio frequency unit (RFU) to the
RCU
NOTE

l The SBT provides DC power supply and control commands through the feeder for the RCU. The
SBT is applied on the RET antenna side.
l When an RRU or RFU connects to a TMA, at least one RF port supporting the TMA must connect
to this TMA so that the RRU/RFU can transmit control signals to the TMA. For details about
capabilities of RF modules to support the TMA, see Table 2-2 and Table 2-3.

The TMA provides the following functions:


l Amplifies uplink signals to compensate for attenuation from an antenna to an RRU or
RFU
l Balances signal amplification between the uplink and downlink
A TMA has one or multiple subunits and supports amplification of one or multiple uplink RF
signals.

2.4 WRFD-060003 SASU


An SASU is a Huawei customized device for antenna sharing between intra-band GSM and
UMTS modes at a multimode site. Antenna sharing helps operators reduce their capital
expenditure (CAPEX). Currently, the SASU supports only the 900 MHz and 2100 MHz
frequency bands.
The SASU uses two subunits to amplify uplink signals of GSM and UMTS systems.

2.5 LOFD-001024/TDLOFD-001024 RAE


The RAE consists of the antenna information sensor unit (AISU) and the RAE for storing
antenna weights.
l AISU
The AISU is a device for measuring the following antenna engineering parameters:
azimuth, mechanical tilt angle, longitude, latitude, and height. Installed on the top of an
antenna, the AISU performs GPS-based direction finding, and works with the base
station and element management system (EMS) to implement the antenna auto-sensing
solution. That is, the engineering parameters described above can be queried remotely in
real time on the EMS.
l RAE for storing antenna weights
An RAE storage chip is added inside an antenna to store the port weight information of
the antenna, thereby avoiding weight confusion. Then corresponding commands are
executed on the EMS to ensure that a base station automatically reads the corresponding
weighted values from the RAE, and the configurations take effect. In this way, the
antenna coverage reaches the expected results.
The RAE supports the automatic measurement of antenna engineering parameters, which
improves the accuracy of engineering parameters for the antenna system of a base station
and reduces onsite surveys as well as the costs of network optimization for operators.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

NOTE

l For the AISU hardware information and installation method, see AISU User Manual.
l The RAE for storing antenna weights is supported by only the LTE TDD mode. For details, see
Antenna Weight Management Feature Parameter Description.

2.6 AAS Module

2.6.1 Overview
An AAS module incorporates the functions of RF modules and antennas. It consists of the
following function units:

l Antenna Unit (AU) : antenna unit.


l Radio Unit (RU) : RF unit.
l Management Unit (MU): control unit. Currently, only the AAU3902 has this function
unit.

The passive antennas and RCUs in the AAS provide the antenna and RET functions,
respectively, for the RRU/RFU that are connected to the AAS module.

For details about an AAS product, see the hardware description of the AAS product.

Different types of AAS modules have different sets of integrated dual-polarized antennas. For
details about the mapping between integrated antennas and either of the following: inserted
modules, RET functions, and external ports, see the hardware description of the AAS product.

2.6.2 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


The passive antenna and RCU built in an AAS module provide the RET function for RRUs
and RFUs in the same way as that provided by a conventional RET antenna. The AAS
module with the passive antenna complies with the AISG 2.0 protocol. The RET antennas of
the passive antennas are cascaded but work independently.

The AAS module supports the RET function by using the Management Unit (MU), the
RETPORT on the AAS active module, or the RRU/RFU. Table 2-8 lists the capabilities of
AAS modules to support the RET function.

Table 2-8 AAS module support for RET


AAS Module Using the MU Using the AAS Using the
(Antenna RU RRU/RFU
Cascading Mode)

AAU3902 Supported Not Supported Supported

AAU3910 Not supported Supported Supported

AAU3911 Not supported Supported Supported

AAU3920 Not supported Supported Supported

AAU3940 Not supported Supported Not supported

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

AAS Module Using the MU Using the AAS Using the


(Antenna RU RRU/RFU
Cascading Mode)

AAU3961 Not supported Supported Supported

You can choose only one method based on onsite connections and AAS capabilities. When
the AAS module supports the RET function by using the AAS RU, you are advised to use
only one RU in the AAS to control all the RET antennas.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 3 ALD Device Data Configuration

3 ALD Device Data Configuration

ALD device data can be configured in the following ways:


l ALD manual deployment: All the ALD device data must be manually configured.
l ALD automatic deployment: Most of the initial configuration data of the ALD device is
automatically configured by the system, and a small amount of data is manually
corrected and supplemented.
The following table lists whether each type of ALD device supports ALD manual deployment
or ALD automatic deployment.

Table 3-1 ALD devices that support ALD manual/automatic deployment


Configuratio RET TMA SASU RAE AAS
n Method

ALD manual Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported


deployment

ALD Supported Supported Not supported Not Not


automatic supported supported
deployment

NOTE

In scenarios in which the RET antenna is connected through the GATM, the RET antenna does not
support ALD automatic deployment.

When you configure ALD device data, ALD automatic deployment is recommended. Use
ALD manual deployment in scenarios in which ALD automatic deployment is not supported.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 15


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

4 ALD Management Functions

4.1 RET Antenna Functions

4.1.1 Connections Between RET Antennas and RRUs/RFUs


RET antennas and RRUs/RFUs can be connected in a regular or daisy chain scenario. When
splitters are used, RET antennas and RRUs/RFUs can be connected in a sector splitting
scenario.

Regular Scenario
In a regular scenario, an RRU can be connected to one RET antenna through the RET port
(RETPORT) or RF port (ANTENNAPORT). The RFU does not have an RETPORT and
therefore can be connected to one RET antenna only through the ANTENNAPORT.
l Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT
An AISG multi-wire cable connects the RETPORT on the RRU to the RCU of the RET
antenna, as shown in Figure 4-1. With the integrated BT, the RRU can send RS485
control signals and feed 12 V DC power to the RCU through the RETPORT. Therefore,
no SBT is required. This connection mode is recommended when the distance between
the RRU and the RET antenna is shorter than 20 m.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 16


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-1 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 in section 8.4 Deployment.
GBTS: scenario 1 in section 9.4 Deployment.
Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4
Deployment.
l Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT
An SBT is required in this connection mode. Feeders and jumpers connect the RRU or
RFU, SBT, and RET antenna, and an AISG multi-wire cable connects the SBT to the
RCU of the RET antenna, as shown in Figure 4-2. The RRU or RFU combines OOK
signals, 12 V DC power, and RF signals, and sends the combined signals to the SBT
through feeders. The SBT splits the combined signals into two links. RF signals are sent
to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485
control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-
wire cable.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 17


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-2 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 2 in section 8.4 Deployment.
GBTS: scenario 2 in section 9.4 Deployment.
Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4
Deployment.
Connection modes shown in Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2 also apply to a multimode base
station. For details about data configuration, see chapter 7 Engineering Guidelines
(ALD Manual Deployment on Multimode Base Station).
l Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with an external BT)
This connection mode applies to RRUs without a BT that are installed 20 m or farther
away from RET antennas, such as the RRU3801C (20 W) for UMTS, and RRU3220 for
LTE. Without a BT, RF ports cannot provide 12 V DC power for RET antennas. In this

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 18


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

case, connect the RETPORT on an RRU to an external Bias Tee (BT) and connect an
external SBT to an RET antenna for power supply to the antenna, as shown in Figure
4-3. The BT is the passive component that couples RF signals or OOK signals with
feeder signals. The BT is applied on the base station side.

Figure 4-3 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with an external BT)

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 in section 8.4 Deployment.
GBTS: scenario 1 in section 9.4 Deployment.
Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4
Deployment.

Daisy Chain Scenario


In a daisy chain scenario, two or more RCUs are connected by AISG multi-wire cables. The
upper-level RCU provides RS485 control signals and power for the lower-level RCU.
In Figure 4-4, RRUs are cascaded by connecting to the RET antennas through the RETPORT.
This connection mode applies to the scenario where antennas for multiple sectors are centrally
installed, for example, on the same pole or tower.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 19


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

In Figure 4-5, RRUs/RFUs are cascaded by connecting to the RET antennas through the
ANTENNAPORT. The connection through the ANTENNAPORT requires SBTs, and
cascading can reduce the number of required SBTs. In such a case, the RET antennas can be
configured on the RRU or RFU that provides RS485 signals and power for the RET antennas.
In this scenario, the SCENARIO parameter for all RET antennas must be set to
DAISY_CHAIN, and the RET antennas are identified by serial numbers.
For the data configurations in the connection modes shown in Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5, see
the following scenarios:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 and 2 in section 8.4 Deployment.
l GBTS: scenario 1 and 2 in section 9.4 Deployment.
l Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4
Deployment.

Figure 4-4 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 20


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-5 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

Connection modes shown in Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5 also apply to a multimode base
station with independent antennas. The configured RRUs/RFUs serve different modes.

The RET antenna data of a multimode base station must be configured only in a single mode.
For details about data configuration, see chapter 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual
Deployment on Multimode Base Station).

l In Figure 4-4, if RRU(1) is managed by the GBTS/eGBTS or eNodeB (the RET data is
configured on the GBTS/eGBTS or eNodeB side), the SCENARIO parameters must be
set to DAISY_CHAIN for RET antennas connected to RRU(1) and RRU(2).
l If RRU(1) is managed by the NodeB (the RET data is configured on the NodeB side),
the SCENARIO parameters must be set to DAISY_CHAIN or 2G_EXTENSION for
the RET antennas connected to RRU(1) and RRU(2), respectively.

Some RF modules, such as the RRU3942 and RRU3841, have four RF ports. These RF
modules have two or more RF ports to support RET functions in addition to the RETPORT.
For details, see Table 2-3. Two RF ports on these RF modules can be paired and connected to
one antenna to provide various transmit or receive functions. When the RRU3942 or
RRU3841 is used, you can refer to RRU3942 Hardware Description or RRU3841 Hardware
Description.

The RRU3278 has eight RF ports, which can be split into two groups and used for 2 four-
channel RRUs. After the split, the RCU of the antenna can be connected only through the
RETPORT. The RRU3278 can be used only in cascading scenarios because it has only one
RETPORT. For the connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT, see Figure 4-6.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 21


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

For the connections between the RF ports of the RRU3278 and the antenna, see RRU3278
Hardware Description.
The following description assumes that the RRU3942 uses a 2T4R configuration. "T" and "R"
indicate transmission and reception, respectively. RF ports ANT_A and ANT_C on the
RRU3942 are paired and connected to one antenna, and RF ports ANT_B and ANT_D are
paired and connected to the other antenna.
When the RRU3942 is installed less than 20 m away from RET antennas, the RRU3942 is
connected to the RET antennas through the RETPORT. The RET antennas are cascaded
because the RRU3942 has only one RETPORT, as shown in Figure 4-6.

Figure 4-6 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Figure 4-7 shows how the RRU3942 and RET antennas are connected to provide the 2T4R
function when the RRU3942 is installed more than 20 m away from the RET antennas and the
RET antennas are centrally installed.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 22


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-7 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

In this connection mode, RF port ANT_A is the control port for the two RET antennas
connected to the RRU3942. For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario
2 in section 8.4 Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 2 in section 9.4
Deployment for a GBTS.

Sector Splitting Scenario


The sector splitting scenario applies to UMTS only. In this scenario, the RRU or RFU is
connected to splitters and then RET antennas, as shown in Figure 4-8.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 23


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-8 Sector splitting scenario

In this scenario, the SCENARIO parameter for all RET antennas must be set to
SECTOR_SPLITTING, and the RET antennas are identified by serial numbers. For the data
configuration of this connection mode for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see scenario 2 in
section 8.4 Deployment. This connection mode does not apply to the GBTS.

GATM Scenario
The GSM Antenna and TMA Control module (GATM) scenario applies to the GBTS only. In
this scenario, a DRFU, which cannot provide OOK signals or support BT function, can be
connected to an RET antenna through a BT and SBT, as shown in Figure 4-9. The GATM
provides OOK signals and 12 V DC power for the BT. Then the BT combines OOK signals,
12 V DC power, and RF signals sent by the DRFU and sends the combined signals to the SBT
through feeders. The SBT splits the combined signals received into two links. RF signals are

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 24


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485
control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire
cable.

Because of its hardware limitations, the GATM supports only RET antennas compatible with
AISG1.1 protocols and does not support RET antennas compatible with AISG2.0 protocols.

Figure 4-9 GATM scenario

For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 5 in section 9.4
Deployment.

4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas


The base station can perform operations, including configuration file loading, antenna
calibration, and downtilt setting, on each RET subunit separately.

l Configuration file loading


A configuration file describes the relationship between the RCU and the RET subunit
downtilt. The configuration file is provided by the RET antenna manufacturer. Some
RET antennas have been loaded with default configuration files before delivery. For
antennas without default configuration files, run the following command to load the
configuration files:
GBTS: LOD BTSRETCFGDATA. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the configuration file from the file server to
the base station controller (BSC) operation and maintenance unit (OMU).

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 25


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD RETCFGDATA


Ensure that correct configuration files have been loaded to the RET antennas before
antenna calibration. If an incorrect configuration file is loaded, the RET antenna will
experience unexpected errors. In this case, you can run the DSP BTSRETSUBUNIT
(GBTS) or DSP RETSUBUNIT (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB) command to query the name
of the last loaded configuration file and the load time. You are advised to load the
configuration file to the RET antennas of one or two base stations, and check whether the
actual downtilts are the same as the configured downtilts. If the downtilts are the same,
the configuration file is correct.
NOTE

Run the following command to query dynamic information about RET additional data:
GBTS: DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
If any information is incorrect in the command output, for example, the values of Max tilt and Min
tilt are NULL, no configuration file was loaded or the configuration file is lost.
l Antenna calibration
After an RET antenna is installed, run the following command to calibrate the RET
antenna:
GBTS: CLB BTSRET
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: CLB RET
During the calibration, the RCU adjusts the RET antenna within the downtilt range so
that the RET antenna operates properly. If the RET antenna is not calibrated, the base
station reports ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated.
After the preceding calibration command is executed, the RET antenna downtilt will be
restored to the configured value if it has been configured on the base station side. If it has
not been configured, the RET antenna downtilt will be determined by the actual RET
antenna implementation.
NOTE

An RET antenna does not need to be calibrated again after it is reset or powered off.
l Downtilt setting
a. After the RET antenna is calibrated, run the following command to query the
supported downtilt range:
GBTS: DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
NOTE

The downtilt range of an RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and model.
b. Run the following command to set an RET subunit downtilt:
GBTS: MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETSUBUNIT
Setting the downtilt of an RET subunit affects the coverage of the RET antenna. Set the
downtilt based on the engineering design.
The base station can perform operations on the RCU separately, including software
download and RCU reset.
l RCU software download
Run the following command to download the RCU software:

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 26


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

GBTS: LOD BTSALDSW. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the RCU software from the file server to the
BSC OMU.
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD ALDSW
For details about the RCU software, see the documents provided by the RET antenna
manufacturer.
l RCU reset
Run the following command to reset the RCU:
GBTS: RST BTSALD
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: RST ALD
Resetting the RCU does not change the RET antenna downtilt.

4.2 TMA Functions

4.2.1 Connections Between the TMA, RRU/RFU, and RET


Antenna
If an RRU or RFU is to be connected to an RET antenna through a TMA, the RRU or RFU
control port must be connected to the TMA control port.

Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)


A TMA is connected to an RRU or RFU and RET antenna, and is powered by the RRU or
RFU.
With the integrated SBT, the TMA splits combined signals from the RRUs or RFUs into two
links. RF signals are sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are
converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an
AISG multi-wire cable.
Figure 4-10 shows how an RRU or RFU with two RF ports is connected to the TMA and
RET antenna.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 27


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-10 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in section 8.4 Deployment.
l GBTS: scenario 3 in section 9.4 Deployment.
l Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 2 or 5 in section 10.4
Deployment.
Figure 4-11 shows how two RF modules are cascaded and then connected to the TMA and
RET antenna. In this mode, RF ports ANT_A on the two RF modules are connected to the
TMA and RET antenna, and either RF port ANT_A can be the control port for the RET
antenna connected to the two RF modules.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 28


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-11 Two cascaded RF modules connected to the TMA and RET antenna

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in section 8.4 Deployment.
l GBTS: scenario 3 in section 9.4 Deployment.
l Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 6 in section 10.4 Deployment.
When RRUs with four RF ports are connected to two antennas, two RF ports on these RRUs
can be paired and connected to one antenna. The following description assumes that the
RRU3942 uses a 2T4R configuration. RF ports ANT_A and ANT_C on the RRU3942 are
paired and connected to one antenna, and RF ports ANT_B and ANT_D are paired and
connected to the other antenna. Figure 4-12 shows how the RRU3942 is connected to the
TMA and RET antenna.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 29


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-12 RRU3942 (2T4R) connected to the TMA and RET antenna

In this connection mode, RF ports ANT_A and ANT_B are the control ports for Antenna(1)
and Antenna(2), respectively. For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the
following scenarios:

l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in section 8.4 Deployment.


l GBTS: scenario 3 in section 9.4 Deployment.
l Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 7 in section 10.4 Deployment.

Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a TMA)


This connection mode applies to RRUs without a BT, such as the RRU3004 for GSM,
RRU3801C (20 W) for UMTS, and RRU3220 for LTE. Without a BT, RF ports cannot

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 30


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

provide 12 V DC power for antennas. In this case, connect the RETPORT on an RRU to an
external BT to provide power for antennas, as shown in Figure 4-13.
The signal transmission process is as follows:
1. The RRU supplies 12 V DC power and sends RS485 control signals to the external BT
through an AISG multi-wire cable.
2. The BT converts RS485 control signals to OOK signals, combines the OOK signals and
RF signals, transparently forwards 12 V DC power, and sends the combined signals to
the TMA.
3. The TMA splits the combined signals into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET
antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control
signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.
For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 4 in section 8.4
Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 4 in section 9.4 Deployment for
a GBTS.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 31


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-13 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)

Connection to the TMA Through the GATM


Connections between the GATM and TMA apply to the GBTS only. In this scenario, a DRFU
is connected to a TMA through a GATM and BT, as shown in Figure 4-14. The GATM feeds
12 V DC power to the BT. Then, the BT combines the OOK signals, 12 V DC power, and RF
signals and sends the combined signals to the TMA.

The GATM can supply power only to the connected TMA. The TMA provides the default
gains, not the configured gains. You need to configure parameters related to the power switch
and current alarm threshold for the port on the GATM connecting to the TMA. For details
about data preparation, see Table 9-7. Then, configure parameters related to the RX channel

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 32


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

attenuation. For details about data preparation, see Table 9-5. RET data is not involved in this
connection mode.

Figure 4-14 Connection to the RET antenna through the GATM

4.2.2 Operations on the TMA


NOTE

The gain of the TMA with fixed gain is not configurable.

TMA gain and working mode are configurable.

l Setting TMA working mode


By default, the TMA is set to NORMAL working mode to ensure normal operation. If
you run the following command with the MODE parameter set to BYPASS, the TMA
serves as a straight-through feeder and does not amplify signals:
GBTS: MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD TMASUBUNIT
l Setting TMA gain
a. Run the following command to query the value range of TMA gain:
GBTS: DSP BTSTMADEVICEDATA
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP TMADEVICEDATA

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 33


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

b. Run the following command to set TMA subunit gain:


GBTS: MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD TMASUBUNIT
The base station can perform operations on the TMA separately, including software download
and TMA reset.
l TMA software download
Run the following command to download the TMA software:
GBTS: LOD BTSALDSW. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the TMA software from the file server to
the BSC OMU.
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD ALDSW
For details about the TMA software, see the documents provided by the TMA
manufacturer.
l TMA reset
Run the following command to reset the TMA:
GBTS: RST BTSALD
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: RST ALD
Resetting the TMA does not change the TMA gain and working mode.

4.3 SASU Functions

4.3.1 Connections Between the SASU, RRU/RFU, and RET


Antenna
Figure 4-15 shows how the SASU, RRUs/RFUs, and RET antenna are connected when
RRUs/RFUs for GSM (referred to as 2G) and UMTS (referred to as 3G) share one RET
antenna and the SASU is installed less than 20 m away from the RET antenna. With the
integrated SBT, the SASU splits combined 3G signals from the RRUs/RFUs into two links.
RF signals and 2G signals are combined and sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the
other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is
forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 34


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-15 SASU directly connected to the RET antenna

SASU data can be configured only on the NodeB side. Because the SASU is an active device,
you need to turn on the power switch for the 3G RRU control port on the NodeB side, and
specify current alarm thresholds. For connection mode in Figure 4-15, set the DCSWITCH
parameter for the SASU to OFF. Otherwise, the RET antenna will short-circuit. For the data
configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 5 in section 8.4 Deployment.
Figure 4-16 shows how the SASU, RRUs/RFUs, TMA, and RET antenna are connected
when the SASU is installed greater than 20 m away from the RET antenna. The SASU
combines 2G and 3G signals and sends the combined signals to the TMA. The TMA splits the
combined signals into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the
other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is
forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 35


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-16 SASU connected to the TMA and RET antenna

In this connection mode, the DCSWITCH parameter for the SASU cannot be set to OFF
because the TMA is an active device. If the DCSWITCH parameter is set to UMTS, specify
the DCLOAD parameter for SASU subunits so that the TMA connected to the SASU can be
acknowledged by the base transceiver station (BTS). For the data configuration for this
connection mode, see scenario 6 in section 8.4 Deployment.

4.3.2 Operations on the SASU


The SASU DC power switch, gain, and working mode are configurable only on the NodeB
side.
l Setting the DC power switch
When the SASU is connected to the RET antenna through a TMA, run the MOD SASU
command with the DCSWITCH parameter set to any value except OFF. When the

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 36


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

SASU is directly connected to the RET antenna, set the DCSWITCH parameter for the
SASU to OFF. Otherwise, the RET antenna will short-circuit.
l Setting SASU working mode
By default, the SASU is set to NORMAL working mode to ensure normal operation. If
you run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command with the MODE parameter set to
BYPASS, the SASU serves as a straight-through feeder and does not amplify signals.
l Setting SASU gain
1. Run the DSP SASUDEVICEDATA command to query the value range of SASU gain.
2. Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set SASU subunit gain.
The base station can perform operations on the SASU separately, including software
download and SASU reset.
l SASU software download
Run the DLD ALDSW command to download the SASU software.
For details about the SASU software, see the documents provided by the SASU
manufacturer.
l SASU reset
Run the RST ALD command to reset the SASU.
Resetting the SASU does not change the SASU gain and working mode.

4.4 RAE Functions

4.4.1 Connections Between the RAE and RRU/RFU


When an RAE connects to RRUs/RFUs, only one AISU is installed for a sector, and other
connected RET devices are not equipped with the RAE. One RRU can control only one
AISU. The AISU must be installed on the antenna connected to the RRU, forming a control
link.

Scenario 1: Connection to the RAE Through the RETPORT


Figure 4-17 shows a connection to the RAE through the RETPORT.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 37


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-17 Connection to the RAE through the RETPORT

For details of data configuration in this connection mode for the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 9 in section 8.4 Deployment.

Scenario 2: Connection to the RAE Through the RETPORT (with an RET


Antenna)
Figure 4-18 shows a connection to the RAE through the RETPORT (with an RET antenna).

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 38


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-18 Connection to the RAE through the RETPORT (with an RET antenna)

For details of data configuration in this connection mode for the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 10 in section 8.4 Deployment.

Scenario 3: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT


Figure 4-19 shows a connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 39


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-19 Connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT

For details of data configuration in this connection mode for the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 11 in section 8.4 Deployment.

Scenario 4: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET


Antenna)
Figure 4-20 shows a connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET
antenna).

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 40


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-20 Connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET antenna)

For details of data configuration in this connection mode for the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 12 in section 8.4 Deployment.

Scenario 5: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)


Figure 4-21 shows a connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA).

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 41


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-21 Connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)

For details of data configuration in this connection mode for the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 13 in section 8.4 Deployment.

Scenario 6: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA


and an RET Antenna)
Figure 4-22 shows a connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA and
an RET antenna).

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 42


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-22 Connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA and an RET
antenna)

For details of data configuration in this connection mode for the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 14 in section 8.4 Deployment.

4.4.2 Operations on the RAE


Antenna engineering parameters can be remotely queried.
l Querying the RAE function list
Run the DSP RAEFUNCTION command to query the functions supported by the RAE.
l Querying antenna engineering parameters
Run the DSP RAEDEVICEDATA command to query the antenna engineering
parameters, including antenna azimuth, mechanical tilt angle, height, latitude, and
longitude.
The base station can perform operations on the RAE separately, including RAE software
download and RAE reset.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 43


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

l RAE software download


Run the DLD ALDSW command to download the RAE software. For details about the
RAE software, see the documents provided by the RAE manufacturer.
l RAE reset
Run the RST ALD command to reset the RAE.

4.5 AAS Functions

4.5.1 Connections Between the AAS Module with Passive


Antennas, RRU/RFU, and BBU
An AAS module with passive antennas has two types of external ports: an RET port
(RETPORT) and an RF port (ANTENNAPORT). The ANTENNAPORT can be at the bottom
of the AU or on the AAPU. Some AAS modules, for example, the AAU3910, have AISG
ports that can be connected to RRUs or RFUs for the RET function. Table 2-8 lists the
capabilities of AAS modules to support the RET function.
Before setting the RET function, you must configure the AAS module. RETTYPE must be set
to SINGLE_RET. SCENARIO must be set to DAISY_CHAIN. You can determine which
antenna to use for the RET function according to the serial number of the integrated antenna.
If you need to use only one set of antennas for the RET function, set SCENARIO to
DAISY_CHAIN. In this case, specify the VENDORCODE and SERIALNO parameters
because the antennas in the AAS module are working in daisy chain mode. For the serial
numbers of the integrated antennas in the AAS module, see the hardware description of the
AAS module.

Scenario 1: Using the MU for the RET function on the AAS Module
As shown in Figure 4-23, RRUs or RFUs connect to an AAS module with passive antennas
through external ports on the AAS module. Choose an appropriate external port to connect the
RRU or RFU to the AAS module. The integrated RCU provides the RET function for the
AAS module with passive antennas and the RCU is controlled by the MU. In this scenario,
the RET function for the AAS module with passive antennas must be set by the mode that
manages the AAS module. For example, to enable GSM RRUs/RFUs to use the RET function
for the AAS module with passive antennas, the RET function must be set in the UMTS mode
that manages the AAS module with passive antennas.
Before setting the RET function, you must configure the AAS module. Compared with the
RET function on conventional antennas, the RET function on the AAS module with passive
antennas does not require you to configure power supply switches or current alarm thresholds.
For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 7 in section 8.4
Deployment.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 44


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-23 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (MU for RET function)

Scenario 2: Using the RRU/RFU for the RET function on the AAS Module
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is provided by an RRU or
RFU connecting to the AAS module, the connections between the RRU or RFU and the AAS
module are similar to the connections between the RRU or RFU and the conventional RET
antennas except for the AISG port configuration, as shown in Figure 4-24. In this scenario,
the AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration
can be performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
For other data configurations,
l If the RRU is to use an RETPORT to send RET signals to the AAS module, see scenario
1 in section 8.4 Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 1 in section 9.4
Deployment for a GBTS.
l If the RET function is provided by the RRU or RFU through an ANTENNAPORT, see
scenario 2 in section 8.4 Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 2 in
section 9.4 Deployment for a GBTS.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 45


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-24 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (RRU/RFU for RET function)

Scenario 3: Using the Active Module (RU) on the AAS for the RET function
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is controlled by the active
module on the AAS module:
l For the AAU3910, AAU3911, and AAU3961, the active module forwards the RET
signals received from the BBU to the RETPORT, as shown in Figure 4-25.
l For the AAU3920 and AAU3940, the active module forwards the RET signals received
from the BBU to the ANTENNAPORT and the port must be R0A, as shown in Figure
4-26.
In this case, the active module works as a conventional RET device and therefore
configurations on this active module are the same as those on a conventional RET device.
For other data configurations for this connection mode for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 8 in section "8.4 Deployment."

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 46


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-25 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (RU for RET function)

Figure 4-26 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (RU for RET function)

4.5.2 Operations on AAS Modules

AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


Each RET subunit of the passive antennas in the AAS module functions as a single antenna
working in daisy chain mode.

l Scanning

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 47


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions

You can scan all the AAS modules connected to an RF module. When the RET function
for a specific AAS module is controlled by an RF module, the RET function for the
module cannot be scanned on or controlled by other RF modules that are also connected
to the AAS module.
If multiple RF modules share the AAS module, running the SCN ALD command may
fail to scan all the RET function controlled by each RF module at a time. In this case,
you can run the SCAN ADL command for each of the RF modules that control the RET
function for AAS modules that have not been scanned.
l Configuration file loading
Loading configuration files is not required because AAS modules with passive antennas
come with built-in configurations files. If ALM-26754 RET Antenna Data Loss is
reported, the configuration files have been lost. In such a case, you can run the DLD
RETCFGDATA command to reload configuration files for the AAS module. Note that
this command applies only to eGBTSs/NodeBs/eNodeBs.
l Antenna calibration
After an AAS module with passive antennas is installed, run the CLB RET command on
the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to calibrate the antennas. During the calibration, RCUs
adjust the antennas within the downtilt range until the antennas operate properly. If the
calibration fails, ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is generated.
NOTE

After the AAS module is reset or powered off, it does not need to be calibrated again.
l Downtilt setting
After the AAS module is calibrated, run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command on the
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to query the supported downtilt range. Then, run the
MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set the downtilts for RET subunits. Because setting
RET subunit downtilt affects the coverage of the related antennas, specify parameters
based on the engineering design.
NOTE

Each RET subunit supports a unique downtilt range.

In an AAS module with passive antennas, the base station can download software and reset
the RCU for each RCU separately.
l RCU software download
Run the DLD ALDSW command on the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to download the
RCU software provided by Huawei. For details, see AAS-related documents provided by
Huawei.
l RCU reset
Run the RST ALD command on the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to reset an RCU.
RCU reset does not change the antenna's downtilt.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 48


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 5 Related Features

5 Related Features

5.1 Features Related to MRFD-210601 Connection with


TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier)
Prerequisite Features
None

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

5.2 Features Related to MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical


Tilt
Prerequisite Features
None

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 49


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 5 Related Features

5.3 Features Related to WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna


Sharing Unit (900 MHz)
Prerequisite Features
None

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

5.4 Features Related to LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical


Tilt Control
Prerequisite Features
None

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

5.5 Features Related to TDLOFD-001024 Remote Electrical


Tilt Control
Prerequisite Features
None

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 50


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 6 Network Impact

6 Network Impact

6.1 MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted


Amplifier)
System Capacity
None

Network Performance
None

6.2 MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt


System Capacity
None

Network Performance
None

6.3 WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900


MHz)
System Capacity
None

Network Performance
None

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 51


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 6 Network Impact

6.4 LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control


System Capacity
None

Network Performance
None

6.5 TDLOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control


System Capacity
None

Network Performance
None

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 52


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual


Deployment on Multimode Base Station)

7.1 When to Use ALD Management


It is recommended that ALD management be used when ALDs have been installed and the
ALDs comply with the AISG protocol. The AISG protocol has two commonly used versions,
AISG v1.1 and AISG v2.0. Both are supported in SRAN8.0 and later.

7.2 Required Information


N/A

7.3 Planning
N/A

7.4 Deployment

7.4.1 Requirements
The GSM and UMTS modes have no requirements for deploying this feature.

In the LTE system, this feature is under license control. Table 7-1 lists the license control
items for this feature.

Table 7-1 License control items for optional features of ALD management

Feature License Control Item Name

LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Remote Electrical Tilt Control (FDD)


Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 53


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

Feature License Control Item Name

TDLOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Remote Electrical Tilt Control (TDD)


Control

7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs)


Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control port
provides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's
cable connections.
Device data in a co-MPT multimode base station needs to be configured only once. For a co-
MPT multimode base station, you only need to determine which RRU/RFU port is the control
port for the ALD device and configure the power switch, current threshold and ALD data
once.
For a separate-MPT base station, the RRU or RFU can be managed by a single mode or
multiple modes. Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all data for
the ALD powered by this RRU or RFU in this mode. This procedure involves the following
two scenarios:

NOTE

MPT is short for main processing and transmission unit.

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


The RRU or RFU is working in a single-mode or multimode base station, and provides power
and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all ALD data in this mode.

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


The RRU or RFU is working in a multimode base station, and provides power and OOK
signals for the ALD.
Parameters related to the ALD control port in this scenario are RF module common
parameters. During the data preparation, initial configuration, and feature reconfiguration, the
common parameters must be set to consistent values for all modes that manage the RRU or
RFU. Table 7-2 lists the common ALD parameters for RF modules in each mode.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 54


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

Table 7-2 Common ALD parameters for RF modules in each mode


Object GBTS eGBTS/NodeB/ Recommended Setting
Parameter eNodeB/Co-MPT
Name Base Station
Parameter Name

Control RET ALD ALD Power Switch For a separate-MPT base station, set
port Power Switch this parameter to ON in all modes. The
(RET RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT
port as a switches on one RRU cannot be turned
control on simultaneously.
port)
RET ALD Current Alarm For a separate-MPT base station, each
Current Alarm Threshold of these parameters must be set to the
Threshold same value in all modes. For
Type recommended values, see Table 8-20.

RET ALD Undercurrent


Under Current Alarm Occur
Occur Threshold
Threshold(mA
)

RET ALD Undercurrent


Under Current Alarm Clear
Clear Threshold
Threshold(mA
)

RET ALD Overcurrent Alarm


Over Current Occur Threshold
Occur
Threshold(mA
)

RET ALD Overcurrent Alarm


Over Current Clear Threshold
Clear
Threshold(mA
)

Control ANT_A ALD ALD Power Switch For a separate-MPT base station, set
port (RF Power Switch this parameter to ON in all modes. The
port as a RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT
control switches on one RRU cannot be turned
port and on simultaneously.
ANT_A
as an ANT_A ALD Current Alarm For a separate-MPT base station, each
example Current Alarm Threshold Type of these parameters must be set to the
) Threshold same value in all modes. For
Type recommended values, see Table 8-19.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 55


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

Object GBTS eGBTS/NodeB/ Recommended Setting


Parameter eNodeB/Co-MPT
Name Base Station
Parameter Name

ANT_A ALD Undercurrent


Over Current Alarm Occur
Occur Threshold
Threshold(mA
)

ANT_A ALD Undercurrent


Over Current Alarm Clear
Clear Threshold
Threshold(mA
)

ANT_A ALD Overcurrent Alarm


Under Current Occur Threshold
Occur
Threshold(mA
)

ANT_A ALD Overcurrent Alarm


Under Current Clear Threshold
Clear
Threshold(mA
)

RRU/R Antenna Attenuation If no TMA is used, set this parameter to


FU RX Tributary 1 0.
channel Factor If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this
attenuati parameter to a value within the range
on from 4 dB to 11 dB.
If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the range
from 11 dB to 22 dB.
For a separate-MPT base station, each
of these parameters must be set to the
same value in all modes.

NOTE

When an RF port except ANT_A is used as a control port, common ALD parameters are named in the
following ways:
l For a GBTS, common ALD parameters are named by analogy based on Table 7-2. For example,
when ANT_B is used as the control port, ANT_B ALD Power Switch is the correct parameter name
l For an eGBTS, NodeB, eNodeB, or co-MPT base station, common ALD parameters are named in
the same way as those listed in Table 7-2.

Other ALD-related parameters, except the RF module common parameters, must be set only
in one mode of the separate-MPT base station. Choose one from the modes that manage the

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 56


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

RRU or RFU providing power and OOK signals for the ALD. Then, configure all data for the
ALD only in this mode.

NOTE

l The mode in which the other ALD-related parameters are set must be the same in the data
preparation, initial configuration, activation observation, and reconfiguration.
l Only one maintenance link can be established between the RRU or RFU and the ALDs. Therefore,
ALD data can be configured only in one mode of a multimode base station. If ALD data is
configured in two modes in this multimode base station, unexpected faults will occur. For example,
ALDs cannot be scanned, or ALM-26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure is reported. If such faults
occur, remove the ALD data configuration in both modes, and scan and configure the ALDs in the
correct mode. If ALDs cannot be scanned after the ALD data configuration is removed, turn off the
power switches in both modes, and set the power switches and current alarm thresholds in both
modes again.

7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules)


Device data in a co-MPT multimode base station needs to be configured only once. For a co-
MPT multimode base station using AAS modules with passive antennas, you only need to
configure ALD data only once.
For a separate-MPT base station using AAS modules, configure ALD data based on the site's
cable connections. The RET data must be configured only on one side.
When an AAS module with passive antennas does not have an AISG port, the RET function
on the AAS module is configured on and managed by the mode managing the AAS module.
Therefore, determine the managing mode first. If the AAS module is managed by multiple
modes, select one of them.
When the AAS module has an AISG port, the RET function on the AAS module with passive
antennas is configured on and managed by the mode that manages AAS module (Method 1).
Alternatively, the RET function is configured on the RRU or RFU that provides power and
OOK signals for the AAS module with passive antennas (Method 2). When the site's cable
connections support both methods, you can use only one method to configure the RET
function because faults may occur if you choose both methods.
l If method 1 is used, the configuration for the RET function is same as that for scenario in
which the AAS module does not have an AISG port.
l If method 2 is used, the configuration for the RET function is same as that for the RET
antennas. For details, see section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs).

7.4.4 Data Preparation


For a co-MPT base station, data preparation is the same as that for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
For a separate-MPT base station, the data preparation procedure is detailed in the following
three scenarios. Note that the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD in
scenarios 1 and 2.

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
This scenario does not involve RF module common parameters. Determine the mode that
manages the RRU or RFU according to 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 57


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

and then prepare all ALD data in the mode. For details, see the following data preparation
sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
l GBTS: section 9.4.2 Data Preparation.

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
Prepare the RF module common parameters on the sides of all the modes that manage the
RRU or RFU. For details, see Table 7-2.
Select one of the modes that manage the RRN or RFU according to 7.4.2 Overall Process
(RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs) and then prepare other ALD parameters except the RF module
common parameters in this mode. For details, see the following data preparation sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
l GBTS: section 9.4.2 Data Preparation.

Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used


Determine the mode in which the RET function is set for the AAS module according to
section 7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules). The data preparation for the mode is the same
as that for a single-mode base station.
If an AAS module with passive antennas is used, see scenario 1, 2, 7, or 8 in section 8.4.2
Data Preparation.

7.4.5 Initial Configuration


For a co-MPT base station, initial configuration is the same that for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI or 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.
For a separate-MPT base station, initial configurations differ as follows:

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


The RRU or RFU is working in a single-mode or multimode base station, and provides power
and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all data for the ALD
powered by this RRU or RFU in this mode. For details, see the following initial configuration
sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: sections 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 8.4.5
Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.
l GBTS: sections 9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 9.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


The RRU or RFU is working in a multimode base station, and provides power and OOK
signals for the ALD.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 58


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

Before you set other ALD-related parameters, set the RF module common parameters listed in
Table 7-2 to consistent values for all modes that manage the RRU or RFU. If ALD power
supply switches are turned on for the modes managing the RRU or RFU and current alarm
threshold configurations are inconsistent for these modes, ALM-26272 Inter-System RF Unit
Parameter Settings Conflict will be reported.

Run the following commands to set RF module common parameters:

l GBTS: SET BTSRXUBP


l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETPORT/MOD ANTENNAPORT
NOTE

The RRU or RFU managed by multiple modes can supply power to ALDs only if the ALD power
switches are turned on for all modes that manage the multi-mode RRU or RFU. The ALD can be
scanned only after the power supply is normal.
The RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.

Then, select one of the modes that manage the RRU or RFU and set the other ALD-related
parameters in this mode. For example, if the RRU or RFU is managed by the GBTS and
NodeB, set the other ALD-related parameters on the GBTS or NodeB side. The configuration
procedure is the same as that for the related mode.

l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: sections 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 8.4.5


Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.
l GBTS: sections 9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 9.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used


Determine the mode in which the RET function is configured in the AAS module based on
section 7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules) and then perform initial configuration in this
mode accordingly.

You can initially configure an AAS module in the following ways:

l To use a graphical user interface (GUI) to configure an AAS module, see section 8.4.4
Initial Configuration on the GUI.
l To use man-machine language (MML) commands to configure an AAS module with
passive antennas, see scenario 1, 2, 7, or 8 in section 8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a
Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

7.4.6 Commissioning
For a co-MPT base station, the commissioning procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.6 Commissioning.

For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module command
parameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to section 7.4.2 Overall
Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details,
see the following sections:

l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.6 Commissioning.


l GBTS: section 9.4.6 Commissioning.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 59


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

7.4.7 Activation Observation


For a co-MPT base station, the active observation procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.7 Activation Observation.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module command
parameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to section 7.4.2 Overall
Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details,
see the following sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.7 Activation Observation.
l GBTS: section 9.4.7 Activation Observation.

7.4.8 Deactivation
For a co-MPT base station, the deactivation procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.8 Deactivation.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module command
parameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to section 7.4.2 Overall
Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details,
see the following sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.8 Deactivation.
l GBTS: section 9.4.8 Deactivation.

7.4.9 Reconfiguration
For a co-MPT base station, the reconfiguration procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.
For a separate-MPT base station, reconfigurations differ as follows:

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control port
provides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's
cable connections.
This scenario does not involve RF module common parameters. Determine the mode that
manages the RRU or RFU based on section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/
RAEs) and reconfigure ALD data in this mode. For details, see the following reconfiguration
sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB/co-MPT base station: section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.
l GBTS: section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
If the RF module common parameters listed in Table 7-2 need to be reconfigured, reconfigure
the parameters consistently for all modes that manage the RRU or RFU.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 60


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

Run the following commands to set RF module common parameters:


l GBTS: SET BTSRXUBP
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETPORT/MOD ANTENNAPORT
If other ALD-related parameters except the RF module common parameters need to be
reconfigured, determine the mode and reconfigure ALD data on one of the modes managing
the RRU or RFU. For details, see the following reconfiguration sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.
l GBTS: section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.

Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used


In this scenario, a base station uses the AAS module.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU based on section 7.4.3 Overall Process
(AAS Modules) and reconfigure ALD data in this mode accordingly.
For details about how to reconfigure parameters for an AAS module with passive antennas,
see section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

7.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

7.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

7.7 Troubleshooting
For a co-MPT base station, troubleshoot the ALD faults in the same way as that for an
eGBTS, NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.7 Troubleshooting.
Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control port
provides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's
cable connections.
For a separate-MPT base station, determine the mode in which the ALD is configured based
on section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs) or 7.4.3 Overall Process
(AAS Modules), and then troubleshoot the ALD faults in this mode accordingly. For details,
see the following troubleshooting sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.7 Troubleshooting.
l GBTS: section 9.7 Troubleshooting.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 61


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual


Deployment on eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

8.1 When to Use ALD Management


For details, see section 7.1 When to Use ALD Management.

8.2 Required Information


N/A

8.3 Planning
N/A

8.4 Deployment

8.4.1 Requirements
For details, see section 7.4.1 Requirements.

8.4.2 Data Preparation

Introduction
This section includes only key parameters, not parameters in all scenarios.

Data sources of key parameters include the following:

l Radio network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the radio
network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 62


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

l Radio network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from the
radio network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure
successful interworking.
l Transport network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the
transport network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.
l Transport network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from
the transport network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure
successful interworking.
l Equipment planning: The parameter value comes from the equipment plan.
l Engineering design: The parameter value comes from the algorithm or function design.
l Default/recommended value: The parameter uses the default or recommended value, and
the recommended value is preferential. The default or recommended value can be used in
most scenarios and adjusted for a specific scenario.
l N/A: The parameter value is not required.

ALD data configuration varies by scenario, depending on:

l The type of the RRU, RFU or AAS port through which control signals are sent to an
RET antenna
l Whether you use a TMA/RAE
l Whether the NodeB supports SASUs

The scenarios are as follows:

l Scenario 1: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT


l Scenario 2: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT
l Scenario 3: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 4: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with an
SASU)
l Scenario 6: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with an
SASU and a TMA)
l Scenario 7: connection to the AAS module with passive antennas (MU)
l Scenario 8: connection to the AAS module with passive antennas (RU)

l Scenario 9: connection to the RAE through the RETPORT


l Scenario 10: connection to the RAE through the RETPORT (with an RET antenna)
l Scenario 11: connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT
l Scenario 12: connection the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET antenna)
l Scenario 13: connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 14: connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET
antenna and a TMA)

Generic Data
Before configuring ALD data, collect the following generic data:

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 63


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

l Configuration file for the RET antenna: Used to determine whether to update the
configuration file. Obtain the configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer
based on the RCU and antenna models.
l Software of the RET antenna, TMA, RAE, and SASU: Used to determine whether to
update the software. If an update is required, obtain the software from the RET antenna,
TMA, and SASU manufacturers.
l RET antenna connections: Used to determine whether RET antennas are connected in a
regular scenario. If the RET antennas are not connected in a regular scenario, record
serial numbers of RET antennas and the mapping between the RET antennas and the
base station/sectors. The serial numbers are printed on labels of the RET antennas.
l Connections between the RET antenna, TMA, RAE, SASU, and RRU/RFU: Used to
determine the specific connections between these devices (such as the type of RRU or
RFU port through which control signals are sent to an RET antenna) and the connections
between each antenna subunit and the RRU or RFU (if multiple antennas are used)
l Current alarm thresholds for the RET antenna, TMA, RAE, and SASU, which are
provided in the related specifications.
Connections between the AAS module and RRU/RFU (only when an AAS module with
passive antennas is used): Used to determine whether the RET function for the AAS module
is set through the configured MU or the RRU/RFU connecting to the AAS module and to
which integrated passive antenna the RRU or RFU is connected

NOTE

It is recommended that you obtain the basic information about the RET antenna, TMA, RAE, and SASU
at the site, including the antenna model, RCU model, antenna type (single-antenna or multi-antenna),
number of subunits, manufacturer code, and serial number. In a regular scenario, you can run the
following command to obtain the antenna type, number of subunits, manufacturer code, and serial
number:
l GBTS: STR BTSALDSCAN
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: SCN ALD

Collect the following information at the site in a regular scenario of conventional ALDs.

ALD Anten RCU Antenna Type Number Manufac Serial


Type na Model (Single-Antenna/ of turer Number
Model Multi-Antenna) Subunits Code

RET

TMA / / /

SASU / / /

RAE / / /

Collect the following information at the site in a daisy chain or sector splitting scenario of
conventional ALDs.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 64


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

ALD Site Secto Antenn RCU Antenna Numbe Manu Serial


Type Nam r a Model Type r of factur Num
e Num Model (Single- Subuni er ber
ber Antenna/ ts Code
Multi-
Antenna)

RET

TMA / / /

SAS / / /
U

RAE / / /

Collect the following information at the site in a scenario where the AAS module is used.

ALD Type Site Name Sector AAS Type AAS Antenna


Number Port
Silkscreen

AAS

Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT. In this scenario, the AAS
module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be
performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.

Table 8-1 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT.

Table 8-1 Key parameters related to the RETPORT

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Cabinet No. CN These parameters specify location Equipment


information about the control port for an plan
RET antenna, including the cabinet
Subrack No. SRN number, subrack number, and slot Equipment
number of the RRU or RFU where the plan

Slot No. SN control port is located and the control Equipment


port number. Set these parameters based plan
on connections between the RET
antenna and the RRU or RFU. Only one
port on the RRU or RFU can be used as
the control port for the RET antenna. In

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 65


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Port No. PN a daisy chain scenario, multiple RCUs Equipment


share one control port. plan

ALD Power PWRSWITCH Set this parameter to ON when an RET Equipment


Switch antenna is used. The default value is plan
OFF.

Current THRESHOLD Set this parameter as follows: Engineering


Alarm TYPE l If the RRU is connected to the RCU design
Threshold through the RETPORT in a regular
scenario, set this parameter to
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.
l In other scenarios, set this parameter
to UER_SELF_DEFINE.

Undercurren UOTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering


t Alarm THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to design
Occur UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
Threshold parameters as required. For details, see
section 8.4.3 Precautions.
Undercurren UCTHD Engineering
t Alarm design
Clear
Threshold

Overcurrent OOTHD Engineering


Alarm design
Occur
Threshold

Overcurrent OCTHD Engineering


Alarm Clear design
Threshold

Table 8-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna.

Table 8-2 Key parameters related to the RET antenna


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Device No. DEVICENO The device number of each ALD in a Equipment


base station must be unique. Note that plan
the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of
the TMA.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 66


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Device DEVICENAM This parameter identifies an RET Engineering


Name E antenna. The format of the value is design
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device name-
related parameter descriptions. This
parameter is optional. If this parameter
is specified, the device name of each
ALD must be unique.

Control Port CTRLCN These parameters specify location Equipment


Cabinet No. information about the control port for an plan
RET antenna, including the cabinet
Control Port CTRLSRN number, subrack number, and slot Equipment
Subrack No. number of the RRU or RFU where the plan

Control Port CTRLSN control port is located. Set these Equipment


Slot No. parameters based on the control plan
relationship between the RET antenna
and the RRU or RFU.

RET Type RETTYPE Set this parameter as follows: Equipment


l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET plan
for the RET antenna with a single
RET subunit.
l Set this parameter to MULTI_RET
for the RET antenna with multiple
RET subunits.
l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET
for the AAS module with passive
antennas.

Number of SUBUNITNU Number of RET subunits used by a base Equipment


RET M station. plan
Subunits Set this parameter based on the actual
situation if the RETTYPE parameter is
set to MULTI_RET.

Polar Type POLARTYPE Set this parameter based on the AAS Equipment
specifications only when the base station plan
uses the AAS module with passive
antennas or set this parameter based on
the RET antenna specifications.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 67


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Antenna SCENARIO l When the RET antenna is connected Equipment


Scenario to an AAS: plan
If an AAS module with passive
antennas is used, set this parameter
to DAISY_CHAIN even when you
need to use only one set of antennas
for the RET function. In this case,
specify the VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters because the
antennas in the AAS module are
working in daisy chain mode.
l When the RET is connected to an
RRU or RFU:
Set this parameter to REGULAR
if the RET antenna is directly
connected to the RRU or RFU. In
this scenario, VENDORCODE
and SERIALNO parameters do
not need to be specified.
Set this parameter to
DAISY_CHAIN if the two RET
antennas are cascaded. In this
scenario, the control port for RET
antennas must be configured on
the upper-level RRU or RFU of
the daisy chain. The
VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified.

Vendor VENDORCOD Set this parameter based on the Equipment


Code E manufacturer information, for example, plan
KA for a Kathrein RET antenna, AN for
an Andrew RET antenna, or HW for a
Huawei Agisson RET antenna or an
AAS module with passive antennas.
This parameter is mandatory in daisy
chain scenarios.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 68


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Serial No. SERIALNO Set this parameter according to the Equipment


antenna serial number. plan
This parameter is mandatory in daisy
chain scenarios.
If an AAS module with passive antennas
is used, run the SCN ALD command to
obtain the serial number of the AAS
module. Then set this parameter
according to the mapping between the
serial number and antenna based on the
hardware description specific to the
AAS module.

Table 8-3 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit.

Table 8-3 Key parameters related to the RET subunit

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Device No. DEVICENO Device number of an RET antenna Equipment


plan

Subunit No. SUBUNITNO This parameter specifies the RET Equipment


subunit number, which starts from 1. plan

Connect CONNCN1 If no AAS module with passive antennas Equipment


Port 1 is used, set these parameters based on plan
Cabinet No. connections between the RET subunits
and the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.
Connect CONNSRN1 Equipment
If an AAS module with passive antennas
Port 1 plan
is used, set these parameters based on
Subrack No.
the connections between the AAS
Connect CONNSN1 module and RF ports on the RRU or Equipment
Port 1 Slot RFU. plan
No.

Connect CONNPN1 Equipment


Port 1 Port plan
No.

Connect CONNCN2 Equipment


Port 2 plan
Cabinet No.

Connect CONNSRN2 Equipment


Port 2 plan
Subrack No.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 69


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Connect CONNSN2 Equipment


Port 2 Slot plan
No.

Connect CONNPN2 Equipment


Port 2 Port plan
No.

Tilt TILT Set this parameter based on the Engineering


engineering design. design

Table 8-4 describes the parameter that must be set to configure the RET antenna downtilt.

Table 8-4 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Tilt TILT Set this parameter based on the Engineering


engineering design. design

Table 8-5 describes the parameter that could be set to configure an RET device data.

Table 8-5 Key parameters related to the RET device data


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Device No. DEVICENO Device number of an RET Engineering design


antenna. Set this parameter
when configuring the RET
MO.

Subunit No. SUBUNITNO RET subunit number. Set Engineering design


this parameter when
configuring the
RETSUBUNIT MO.

Antenna Model MODELNO Antenna model. This Equipment plan


Number parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 70


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Antenna Serial SERIALNO Equipment serial number of Equipment plan


No. an antenna. This parameter
is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Band1 BAND1 Frequency band supported Equipment plan


by an antenna and the
Beamwidth1 BEAMWIDTH1 corresponding beam width. Equipment plan

Gain1 GAIN1 These parameters are part of Equipment plan


device data defined in AISG
Band2 BAND2 protocols. For details, see Equipment plan
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Beamwidth2 BEAMWIDTH2 Equipment plan

Gain2 GAIN2 Equipment plan

Band3 BAND3 Equipment plan

Beamwidth3 BEAMWIDTH3 Equipment plan

Gain3 GAIN3 Equipment plan

Band4 BAND4 Equipment plan

Beamwidth4 BEAMWIDTH4 Equipment plan

Gain4 GAIN4 Equipment plan

Installation Date DATE Date on which an antenna is Equipment plan


to be installed. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Installer's ID INSTALLERID ID of the person who installs Equipment plan


an antenna. This parameter
is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Base Station ID BSID ID of a base station served Equipment plan


by an antenna. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 71


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

AISG Sector ID SECTORID ID of a sector served by an Equipment plan


antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Antenna BEARING Azimuth of an antenna. This Equipment plan


Bearing parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Installed TILT Mechanical tilt of an Equipment plan


Mechanical Tilt antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT. In this scenario, the
AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be
performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.

For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.

Table 8-6 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT.

Table 8-6 Key parameters related to the ANTENNAPORT

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Cabinet No. CN These parameters specify location Equipment


information about the control port for an plan
RET antenna, including the cabinet
Subrack No. SRN number, subrack number, and slot Equipment
number of the RRU or RFU where the plan

Slot No. SN control port is located and the control Equipment


port number. Set these parameters based plan
on connections between the RET
antenna and the RRU or RFU. Only one
port on the RRU or RFU can be used as
the control port for the RET antenna. In

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 72


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Port No. PN a daisy chain scenario, multiple RCUs Equipment


share one control port. plan

ALD Power PWRSWITCH Set this parameter to ON when an ALD Equipment


Switch is used. The default value is OFF. plan

Feeder FEEDERLEN This parameter specifies the length of Equipment


Length GTH the feeder connected to the RF port. Set plan
this parameter to the actual feeder
length.

DL Time DLDELAY Set this parameter based on the device Equipment


Delay specifications. Generally, the value is plan
less than 30 ns.

UL Time ULDELAY Set this parameter based on the device Equipment


Delay specifications. Generally, the value is plan
less than 30 ns.

Current THRESHOLD Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Alarm TYPE conditions. For details, see Table 8-19. design
Threshold
Type

Undercurren UOTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering


t Alarm THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to design
Occur UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
Threshold parameters as required. For details, see
section 8.4.3 Precautions.
Undercurren UCTHD Engineering
t Alarm design
Clear
Threshold

Overcurrent OOTHD Engineering


Alarm design
Occur
Threshold

Overcurrent OCTHD Engineering


Alarm Clear design
Threshold

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 73


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Table 8-7 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA.

Table 8-7 Key parameters related to the TMA

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Device No. DEVICENO The device number of each ALD in a Equipment


base station must be unique. Note that plan
the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of the
TMA.

Device DEVICENAM This parameter identifies an RET Engineering


Name E antenna. The format of the value is design
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device name-
related parameter descriptions. This
parameter is optional. If this parameter is
specified, the device name of each ALD
must be unique.

Control Port CTRLCN These parameters specify location Equipment


Cabinet No. information about the control port, plan
including the cabinet number, subrack
Control Port CTRLSRN number, and slot number of the RRU or Equipment
Subrack No. RFU where the control port is located. plan

Control Port CTRLSN Set these parameters based on Equipment


Slot No. connections between the TMA and the plan
RRU or RFU.

Number of SUBUNITNU Set this parameter based on the site Equipment


TMA M conditions. Generally, the value is 2. plan
Subunits

Vendor VENDORCO This parameter is required in a non- Equipment


Code DE regular scenario. Set this parameter to plan
the actual TMA manufacturer code.

Serial No. SERIALNO This parameter is required in a non- Equipment


regular scenario. Set this parameter to plan
the actual TMA serial number.

Table 8-8 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA subunit.

Table 8-8 Key parameters related to the TMA subunit

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Device No. DEVICENO Device number of a TMA Equipment


plan

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 74


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Subunit No. SUBUNITNO Number of a TMA subunit Equipment


plan

Connect CONNCN Set these parameters based on Equipment


Port Cabinet connections between the TMA and the plan
No. RF port on the RRU or RFU.

Connect CONNSRN Equipment


Port plan
Subrack No.

Connect CONNSN Equipment


Port Slot plan
No.

Connect CONNPN Equipment


Port No. plan

Mode MODE The TMA subunit supports two working Engineering


modes, normal mode and bypass mode: design
l In normal mode, the TMA subunit
functions and the TMA amplifies
uplink signals.
l In bypass mode, the TMA subunit
works as a straight-through feeder. It
does not amplify uplink signals. The
default value is NORMAL.

Gain GAIN Set this parameter based on the Engineering


engineering design. The gain value range design
supported by the TMA varies according
to the manufacturer and model. Run the
DSP TMADEVICEDATA
command(for eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)
or the DSP BTSTMADEVICEDATA
command (for GBTS) to query the value
range before setting the gain.
If the gain is fixed, this parameter is
optional, or you can set this parameter to
its actual gain value.

Table 8-9 describes the parameters that must be set to configure RX channel attenuation.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 75


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Table 8-9 Key parameters related to RX channel attenuation


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

RX Channel RXNO RX channel number of the RRU or Engineering


No. RFU. design

Logical RXSW Logical switch for the RX channel of the Equipment


Switch of RRU or RFU. The default value is ON. plan
RX Channel

Attenuation ATTEN l If no TMA is used, set this parameter Engineering


to 0. design
l If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the range
from 4 dB to 11 dB.
l If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the range
from 11 dB to 22 dB.

Table 8-10 describes the parameters that could be set to configure TMA device data.

Table 8-10 Key parameters related to the TMA device data


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Device No. DEVICENO Device number of a TMA. Engineering design


Set this parameter when
configuring the TMA MO.

Subunit No. SUBUNITNO RET subunit number. Set Engineering design


this parameter when
configuring the
TMASUBUNIT MO.

Connect MODELNO Antenna model. This Equipment plan


Antenna Model parameter is part of the
Number device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Serial No. SERIALNO Equipment serial number of Equipment plan


an antenna. This parameter
is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 76


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Band1 BAND1 Frequency band supported Equipment plan


by an antenna and the
Beamwidth1 BEAMWIDTH1 corresponding beam width. Equipment plan

Gain1 GAIN1 These parameters are part Equipment plan


of device data defined in
Band2 BAND2 AISG protocols. For details, Equipment plan
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
Beamwidth2 BEAMWIDTH2 v2.0. Equipment plan

Gain2 GAIN2 Equipment plan

Band3 BAND3 Equipment plan

Beamwidth3 BEAMWIDTH3 Equipment plan

Gain3 GAIN3 Equipment plan

Band4 BAND4 Equipment plan

Beamwidth4 BEAMWIDTH4 Equipment plan

Gain4 GAIN4 Equipment plan

Installation Date DATE Date on which an antenna is Equipment plan


to be installed. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Installer's ID INSTALLERID ID of the person who Equipment plan


installs an antenna. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Base Station ID BSID ID of a base station served Equipment plan


by an antenna. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

AISG Sector ID SECTORID ID of a sector served by an Equipment plan


antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 77


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Antenna BEARING Azimuth of an antenna. Equipment plan


Bearing This parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Installed TILT Mechanical tilt of an Equipment plan


Mechanical Tilt antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a


TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT in this scenario, see Table 8-1.
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and TMA device data in this scenario, see Table 8-7, Table 8-8, Table 8-9, and Table 8-10.

Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU)
In this scenario, all parameters can be set only on the NodeB side.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.
Table 8-11 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an SASU.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 78


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Table 8-11 Key parameters related to the SASU


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Device No. DEVICENO The device number of each ALD in a Equipment


base station must be unique. Note that plan
the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of the
SASU.

Device DEVICENAM This parameter identifies an RET Engineering


Name E antenna. The format of the value is design
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device name-
related parameter descriptions. This
parameter is optional. If this parameter is
specified, the device name of each ALD
must be unique.

Control Port CTRLCN These parameters specify location Equipment


Cabinet No. information about the control port, plan
including the cabinet number, subrack
Control Port CTRLSRN number, and slot number of the RRU or Equipment
Subrack No. RFU where the control port is located. plan

Control Port CTRLSN Set these parameters based on Equipment


Slot No. connections between the SASU and the plan
RRU or RFU.

DC Switch DCSWITCH l If the SASU is directly connected to Equipment


the RET antenna, set this parameter plan
to OFF.
l If the SASU is connected to the RET
antenna through a TMA, set this
parameter to BS or UMTS.

Vendor VENDORCO Set this parameter based on the actual Equipment


Code DE SASU manufacturer code. plan

Serial No. SERIALNO Set this parameter based on the actual Equipment
SASU serial number. plan

Table 8-12 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an SASU subunit.

Table 8-12 Key parameters related to the SASU subunit


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Device No. DEVICENO Device number of an SASU Equipment


plan

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 79


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Subunit No. SUBUNITNO Number of an SASU subunit Equipment


plan

Connect CONNCN Set these parameters based on Equipment


Port Cabinet connections between the SASU subunits plan
No. and the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.

Connect CONNSRN Equipment


Port Subrack plan
No.

Connect CONNSN Equipment


Port Slot plan
No.

Connect CONNPN Equipment


Port No. plan

Mode MODE The SASU subunit supports two Engineering


working modes, normal mode and design
bypass mode:
l In normal mode, the SASU amplifies
uplink signals.
l In bypass mode, the SASU subunit
works as a straight-through feeder. It
does not amplify uplink signals.
The default value is NORMAL.

GSM Gain BSGAIN Set this parameter based on the Engineering


engineering design. The value range of design
SASU gain varies according to the
manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
SASUDEVICEDATA command to
query the value range before setting the
gain.

UMTS Gain UMTSGAIN Set this parameter based on the Engineering


engineering design. The value range of design
SASU gain varies according to the
manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
SASUDEVICEDATA command to
query the value range before setting the
gain.

DC Load DCLOAD Set this parameter only if the Engineering


DCSWITCH parameter is set to UMTS. design
If the SASU is connected to the RET
antenna through a TMA, this parameter
must be specified so that the TMA can
be acknowledged by the BTS.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 80


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Scenario 6: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU and a TMA)
In this scenario, all parameters can be set only on the NodeB side.

For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.

For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.

For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-7, Table 8-8, Table 8-9, and Table 8-10.

For parameters that must be set to configure an SASU and SASU subunit in this scenario, see
Table 8-11 and Table 8-12.

Scenario 7: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (MU)


In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the MU configured in
the AAS module. For parameters that must be set to configure the RET device data on an
AAS module with passive antennas, see Table 8-5.

Table 8-13 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RET function on an
AAS module with passive antennas.

Table 8-13 Key parameters related to the RET function on an AAS module with passive
antennas (MU)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Device No. DEVICENO The ALD device number must be unique Equipment
in a base station. Note that the plan
DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of the
TMA.

Device DEVICENAM This parameter identifies an RET Engineering


Name E antenna. The format of the parameter design
value is site_sector+port+device
type_network type. This parameter is
optional. If this parameter is specified,
the device name of each ALD must be
unique.

Connect Port CTRLCN These parameters specify the numbers of Equipment


Cabinet No. the cabinet, subrack, and slot, plan
respectively, where an AAS module is
Connect Port CTRLSRN located. Equipment
Subrack No. plan

Connect Port CTRLSN Equipment


Slot No. plan

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 81


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

RET Type RETTYPE Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET. Equipment


plan

Number of SUBUNITNU Set this parameter only when the Equipment


RET M RETTYPE parameter is set to plan
Subunits MULTI_RET.
Set this parameter to 1.

Polarization POLARTYPE Set this parameter based on the AAS Equipment


Type module specifications. plan

Antenna SCENARIO Set this parameter to DAISY_CHAIN . Equipment


Scenario The DAISY_CHAIN value is plan
recommended even when you need to
use only one set of antennas for the RET
function. In this case, specify the
VENDORCODE and SERIALNO
parameters because the antennas in the
AAS module are working in daisy chain
mode.

Vendor Code VENDORCOD This parameter is mandatory in daisy Equipment


E chain scenarios. plan
Set this parameter to HW.

Equipment SERIALNO This parameter is mandatory in daisy Equipment


Serial No. chain scenarios. plan
Set this parameter according to the
antenna serial number.

Table 8-14 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit on an AAS
module with passive antennas.

Table 8-14 Key parameters related to the RET subunit on an AAS module with passive
antennas
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Device No. DEVICENO Device number of an RET antenna Equipment


plan

Subunit No. SUBUNITNO This parameter specifies the RET Equipment


subunit number, which starts from 1. plan

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 82


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Subunit SUBNAME This parameter specifies the name of the Engineering


Name RET subunit. The name of the RET design
subunit is optional, but the name
configured for each RET subunit must
be unique.

Connect Port CONNCN1 Set these parameters based on the Equipment


1 Cabinet connections between the AAS module plan
No. and the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.

Connect Port CONNSRN1 Equipment


1 Subrack plan
No.

Connect Port CONNSN1 Equipment


1 Slot No. plan

Connect Port CONNPN1 Equipment


1 Port No. plan

Connect Port CONNCN2 Equipment


2 Cabinet plan
No.

Connect Port CONNSRN2 Equipment


2 Subrack plan
No.

Connect Port CONNSN2 Equipment


2 Slot No. plan

Connect Port CONNPN2 Equipment


2 Port No. plan

Tilt TILT Set this parameter based on the Engineering


engineering design. design

Table 8-15 describes the parameter that must be set to configure the RET antenna downtilt on
an AAS module with passive antennas.

Table 8-15 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt on an AAS module with
passive antennas
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Tilt TILT Set this parameter based on the Engineering


engineering design. design

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 83


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (RU)


For the AAU3910, AAU3911, and AAU3961, the RET function on an AAS module is
controlled by an RETPORT on the active module on the AAS module. Table 8-1 describes
the key parameters related to the RETPORT.

For the AAU3920 and AAU3940, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by an
ANTENNAPORT. Table 8-6 describes the key parameters related to the ANTENNAPORT.

Table 8-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas.

Table 8-3 describes the key parameters related to the RET subunit on an AAS module with
passive antennas.

Table 8-4 describes the key parameters related to the RET antenna downtilt on an AAS
module with passive antennas.

Table 8-5 describes the key parameters related to the RET device data on an AAS module
with passive antennas.

Scenario 9: Connection to the RAE Through the RETPORT


For parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT in this scenario, see Table 8-16.

Table 8-16 Key parameters related to the RAE


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN The device number of each ALD in a base Equipment plan
O station must be unique. Note that the
DEVICENO parameter value of the RAE
must differ from that of the RET antenna.

Device DEVICEN This parameter identifies an RAE. The Engineering


Name AME format of the value is site_sector+port design
+device type_network type. For details, see
the device name-related parameter
descriptions. This parameter is optional. If
this parameter is specified, the device name
of each ALD must be unique.

Control CTRLCN These parameters specify location Equipment plan


Port information about the control port, including
Cabinet the cabinet number, subrack number, and
No. slot number of the RRU or RFU where the
control port is located. Set these parameters
Control CTRLSRN based on connections between the RAE and Equipment plan
Port the RRU or RFU.
Subrack
No.

Control CTRLSN Equipment plan


Port Slot
No.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 84


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Number of SUBUNIT Set this parameter based on the site Equipment plan
RAE NUM conditions. Generally, the value is 1.
Subunits

Antenna SCENARI This parameter specifies the scenario where Equipment plan
Scenario O an RAE is connected to the RRU or RFU.
The antenna scenario must be set based on
the hardware installation.
Set this parameter to REGULAR if the
RAE is directly connected to the RRU or
RFU. In this scenario, VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters do not need to be
specified.
Set this parameter to DAISY_CHAIN if the
two RAEs are cascaded. In this scenario, the
control port for RAEs must be configured
on the upper-level RRU or RFU of the daisy
chain. The VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be specified.

Vendor VENDOR Set this parameter based on the Equipment plan


Code CODE manufacturer information. This parameter is
mandatory in daisy chain scenarios.

Serial No. SERIALN Set this parameter according to the antenna Equipment plan
O serial number. This parameter is mandatory
in daisy chain scenarios.

Table 8-17 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RAE subunit.

Table 8-17 Key parameters related to the RAESUBUNIT


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN Device number of an RAE. Set this Equipment plan
O parameter when configuring the RAE MO.

Subunit SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the RAE subunit Equipment plan
No. NO number.

Subunit SUBNAM This parameter specifies the name of the Engineering


Name E RAE subunit. The name of the RAE subunit design
is optional, but the name configured for
each RAE subunit must be unique.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 85


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Connect CONNCN Set these parameters based on connections Equipment plan


Port 1 between the RAE subunits and the antenna
Cabinet ports on the RRU or RFU.
No.

Connect CONNSR Equipment plan


Port 1 N
Subrack
No.

Connect CONNSN Equipment plan


Port 1 Slot
No.

Table 8-18 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RAE device data.

Table 8-18 Key parameters related to the RAEDEVICEDATA

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN Device number of an RAE. Set this Engineering


O parameter when configuring the RAEMO. design

Subunit SUBUNIT RAE subunit number. Set this parameter Engineering


No. NO when configuring the RAESUBUNITMO. design

Antenna MODELN Antenna model. This parameter is part of Equipment plan


Model O the device data defined by AISG protocols.
Number For details, see 3GPP 25.466 or AISG v2.0.

Antenna SERIALN Equipment serial number of an antenna. Equipment plan


Serial No. O This parameter is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.466 or AISG v2.0.

Band1 BAND1 Frequency band supported by an antenna Equipment plan


and the corresponding beam width. These
Beamwidth BEAMWI parameters are part of device data defined in Equipment plan
1 DTH1 AISG protocols. For details, see 3GPP
Gain1 GAIN1 25.466 or AISG v2.0. Equipment plan

Band2 BAND2 Equipment plan

Beamwidth BEAMWI Equipment plan


2 DTH2

Gain2 GAIN2 Equipment plan

Band3 BAND3 Equipment plan

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 86


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Beamwidth BEAMWI Equipment plan


3 DTH3

Gain3 GAIN3 Equipment plan

Band4 BAND4 Equipment plan

Beamwidth BEAMWI Equipment plan


4 DTH4

Gain4 GAIN4 Equipment plan

Installation DATE Date on which an antenna is to be installed. Equipment plan


Date This parameter is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.466 or AISG v2.0.

Installer's INSTALL ID of the person who installs an antenna. Equipment plan


ID ERID This parameter is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.466 or AISG v2.0.

Base BSID ID of a base station served by an antenna. Equipment plan


Station ID This parameter is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.466 or AISG v2.0.

AISG SECTORI ID of a sector served by an antenna. This Equipment plan


Sector ID D parameter is part of the device data defined
by AISG protocols. For details, see 3GPP
25.466 or AISG v2.0.

Scenario 10: Connection to the RAE Through the RETPORT (with an RET
Antenna)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.

For parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT in this scenario, see Table 8-1.

For parameters that must be set to configure an RAE, RAE subunit, and RAE device data in
this scenario, see Table 8-16, Table 8-17, and Table 8-18.

Scenario 11: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT


For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.

For parameters that must be set to configure an RAE, RAE subunit, and RAE device data in
this scenario, see Table 8-16, Table 8-17, and Table 8-18.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 87


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Scenario 12: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET
Antenna)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RAE, RAE subunit, and RAE device data in
this scenario, see Table 8-16, Table 8-17, and Table 8-18.

Scenario 13: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and TMA device data in this scenario, see Table 8-7, Table 8-8, Table 8-9, and Table 8-10.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RAE, RAE subunit, and RAE device data in
this scenario, see Table 8-16, Table 8-17, and Table 8-18.

Scenario 14: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA
and an RET Antenna)
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and TMA device data in this scenario, see Table 8-7, Table 8-8, Table 8-9, and Table 8-10.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RAE, RAE subunit, and RAE device data in
this scenario, see Table 8-16, Table 8-17, and Table 8-18.

8.4.3 Precautions
This section describes precautions of configuring ALD data, running a command for scanning
ALDs, setting the current alarm threshold type for ALD data.
l Pay attention to the following restrictions when configuring ALD data:
The RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on
simultaneously.
ALD scanning, calibration, downtilt setting, software download, and configuration
file download cannot be performed simultaneously on ALDs.
The common TMA does not support the AISG protocol. To configure a common
TMA for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command
on the NodeB or eNodeB LMT to turn on the power switch and set current alarm
thresholds. (For data preparation details, see Table 8-6.) Then, run the MOD

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 88


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

RXBRANCH command to configure the RX channel attenuation based on the


engineering design. (For data preparation details, see Table 8-9.)
The AISG1.1-based twin TMAs consist of two internal TMAs and perform the
same functions as the two subunits of an AISG2.0-based TMA. The AISG1.1-based
twin TMAs can be configured as two devices, each configured with one subunit. In
this case, batch loading of the TMA software may fail on one of the devices. The
AISG1.1-based twin TMAs can also be configured as one device, which is
configured with two subunits. In this case, the serial number cannot be configured
for the TMA. Otherwise, only one subunit is operational. When an RRU with four
ports is connected to multiple TMAs, the twin TMAs must be configured as two
devices and each configured with one subunit if the AISG1.1-based twin TMAs are
used.
ALDs are automatically scanned when an RET antenna, TMA or RAE is added.
ALDs are automatically scanned after an RRU or RFU is reset.
l Pay attention to the following restrictions when scanning ALDs:
ALDs are scanned based on control link connections. The scanned result shows the
ALDs physically connected to the base station, which is not affected by ALD data
configuration.
ALDs cannot be scanned if ALD control links are faulty.
After subunits are added to an AISG1.1-based TMA, all TMA subunits start to
work only after you run the SCN ALD command.
If the antenna is a passive antenna and multiple RF modules share the antenna, there
is a possibility that the RET can be found for only one RF module when you run the
SCN ALD command to scan RETs for these RF modules. In this scenario, you can
run this command separately for the RF module for which the RET cannot be
found.
l Use the values shown in Table 8-19 and Table 8-20 to set the current alarm threshold
type for the control port.

Table 8-19 Reference values for current alarm thresholds (ANTENNAPORT)


Reference Description Undercu Undercu Overcu Overcu
Value rrent rrent rrent rrent
Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
Occur Clear Occur Clear
Thresho Thresho Thresh Thresh
ld (mA) ld (mA) old old
(mA) (mA)

TMA12DB_ON For 12 dB TMA 30 40 170 150


LY_NON_AISG only

TMA24DB_ON For 24 dB TMA 40 60 310 280


LY_NON_AISG only

RET_ONLY_CO For RET antenna 25 33 150 120


AXIAL only (coaxial
cable)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 89


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Reference Description Undercu Undercu Overcu Overcu


Value rrent rrent rrent rrent
Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
Occur Clear Occur Clear
Thresho Thresho Thresh Thresh
ld (mA) ld (mA) old old
(mA) (mA)

TMA12DB_AIS For 12 dB TMA 30 40 450 400


G +RET antenna or
12 dB TMA only
(AISG)

TMA24DB_AIS For 24 dB TMA 40 60 850 750


G +RET antenna or
24 dB TMA only
(AISG)

UER_SELF_DE User-defined For details, see the description below.


FINE

Table 8-20 Reference values of current alarm thresholds (RETPORT)


Reference Description Undercu Undercu Overcu Overcu
Value rrent rrent rrent rrent
Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
Occur Clear Occur Clear
Threshol Thresho Thresh Thresh
d (mA) ld (mA) old old
(mA) (mA)

RET_ONLY_M For RET antenna 10 15 150 120


ULTICORE only (multi-wire
cable)

UER_SELF_DE User- defined For details, see the description below.


FINE

Set the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter to UER_SELF_DEFINE in any of the


following scenarios:
RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario.
A smart TMA is used as a common TMA.
The configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei.
An SASU/RAE is used.
When the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to UER_SELF_DEFINE, set current
alarm thresholds based on the actual ALD type. Pay attention to the following
restrictions:
User-defined current alarm thresholds must meet the requirements: UOTHD <
UCTHD < OCTHD < OOTHD.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 90


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Generally, the UOTHD parameter is set to 20% to 30% of the device rated
operating current, and the UCTHD parameter is set to about 20 mA greater than the
UOTHD parameter. The OOTHD parameter is set to 150% to 200% of the device
rated operating current, and the OCTHD parameter is set to about 50 mA less than
the OOTHD parameter.
If RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario, the UOTHD parameter is
set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU. The
OOTHD parameter is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated current of all ALDs
controlled by the RRU.
If the configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei, the UOTHD
parameter is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by
the RRU. The OOTHD parameter is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated current
of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.
When a base station uses an AAS module with passive antennas and the RCU integrated
in the AAS module is controlled by the RRU or RFU connecting to the AAS module, set
the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter as follows:
If the control port is an RETPORT on the RRU or RFU, set this parameter to a
value corresponding to RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.
If the control port is an ANTENNAPORT on the RRU or RFU, set this parameter to
a value corresponding to RET_ONLY_COAXIAL.

8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI

Configuring ALD data for a Single Base Station


l eGBTS
For the eGBTS with the UMPT serving as its main control board: configure ALDs
using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For details, see 3900
Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating
Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating a Single Co-MPT Base
Station > Configuring Device Data About the Co-MPT Base Station> Configuring
ALDs > Procedure.
For the eGBTS with the GTMUb/GTMUc serving as its main control board:
configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For
details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >
Creating Base Stations > Creating eGBTSs > Creating a Single eGBTS >
Configuring eGBTS Device Data > Configuring ALDs > Procedure.
l NodeB
Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For details,
see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base
Stations > Creating NodeBs > Creating a Single NodeB > Configuring NodeB Device
Data > Configuring ALDs > Procedure.
l eNodeB
Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For details,
see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 91


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Stations > Creating eNodeBs > Creating a Single eNodeB > Configuring eNodeB Device
Data > Configuring ALDs > Procedure.

Configuring ALD Data in Batches


Customize a template on a base station where ALDs have been configured, and save this
template. Prepare a summary data file by referencing the user-defined template.
l eGBTSs
For the eGBTS with the UMPT serving as its main control board: for details, see 3900
Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following sequence:
3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations >
Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations in Batches (MOC
Export) or 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base
Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations in Batches
(Customization Tool) .
For the eGBTS with the GTMUb/GTMUc serving as its main control board: for details,
see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base
Stations > Creating eGBTSs > Creating eGBTSs in Batches (MOC Export) or 3900
Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations >
Creating eGBTSs > Creating eGBTSs in Batches (Customization Tool).
l NodeBs
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >
Creating Base Stations > Creating NodeBs > Creating NodeBs in Batches (MOC Export)
or 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations
> Creating NodeBs > Creating NodeBs in Batches (Customization Tool).
l eNodeBs
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >
Creating Base Stations > Creating eNodeBs > Creating eNodeBs in Batches.

8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML


Commands
Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU through its RETPORT.

Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-1.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.
Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 92


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

----End

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT.

Step 1 For the AAU3910, AAU3911, and AAU3961, run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to
set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm
thresholds, see Table 8-6. For the AAU3920 and AAU3940, run the MOD
ANTENNAPORT command to configure these parameters. For details, see Table 8-6.

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.

Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.

Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

----End

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-6.

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-7.

Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 8-8.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 93


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.

Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.

Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.

Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-9.

Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 8-10.

----End

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a


TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-1.

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-7.

Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.

Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.

Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.

Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 94


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-9.

Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 8-10.

----End

Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU)
In this scenario, all the following commands can be executed only on the NodeB side.

Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an


ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-6.

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD SASU command to add an SASU and set related parameters, see Table 8-11.

Step 4 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an SASU subunit, see
Table 8-12.

Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.

Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.

Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.

Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

----End

Scenario 6: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU and a TMA)
In this scenario, all the following commands can be executed only on the NodeB side.

Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an


ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-6.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 95


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs and obtain SASU information.

Step 3 Run the ADD SASU command to add an SASU and set related parameters, see Table 8-11.

Step 4 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an SASU subunit, see
Table 8-12.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs and obtain information about the
TMA and RET antenna. Skip this step if you have obtained the information about the TMA
and RET antenna in Step 2.
Step 6 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-7.

Step 7 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 8 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.
Step 9 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.

Step 10 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 12 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
Step 13 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-9.
Step 14 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 8-10.

----End

Scenario 7: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (MU)


Step 1 Run the SCN ALD command to scan an AAS module with passive antennas.

Step 2 Run the ADD RET command to add the AAS module and set the related parameters listed in
Table 8-13.
Step 3 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate the passive antennas in the AAS module.

Step 4 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set the RET subunit parameters listed in Table
8-14.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the downtilt parameter listed in Table
8-15.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 96


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

----End

Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (RU)


Step 1 For the AAU3910, AAU3911, and AAU3961, run the MOD RETPORT command to
configure parameters related to the power switch and current alarm threshold on the
RETPORT. For details, see Table 8-1.

For the AAU3920 and AAU3940, run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to configure
parameters related to the power switch and current alarm threshold on the RETPORT. For
details, see Table 8-6.

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan an AAS module with passive antennas.
NOTE

If multiple RF modules share the AAS antenna, there is a possibility that the RET can be found only for
one RF module when you run the SCN ALD command to scan RETs for these RF modules. In this
scenario, you can run this command separately for the RF module for which the RET cannot be found.

Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add the AAS module and set the related parameters listed in
Table 8-2.
NOTE

For example, an active unit in an AAU3911 controls all the RETs and the device serial numbers queried
by ALD scanning are AAU3911xxxxxxxxxHL, AAU3911xxxxxxxxxHR, and AAU3911xxxxxxxxxLR.
ADD RET: DEVICENO=0, CTRLCN=0, CTRLSRN=<RRUsubrack_No>, CTRLSN=0,
RETTYPE=SINGLE_RET, SCENARIO=DAISY_CHAIN, VENDORCODE="HW", SERIALNO="
AAU3911xxxxxxxxxHL";
ADD RET: DEVICENO=1, CTRLCN=0, CTRLSRN=<RRUsubrack_No>, CTRLSN=0,
RETTYPE=SINGLE_RET, SCENARIO=DAISY_CHAIN, VENDORCODE="HW", SERIALNO="
AAU3911xxxxxxxxxHR";
ADD RET: DEVICENO=2, CTRLCN=0, CTRLSRN=<RRUsubrack_No>, CTRLSN=0,
RETTYPE=SINGLE_RET, SCENARIO=DAISY_CHAIN, VENDORCODE="HW", SERIALNO="
AAU3911xxxxxxxxxLR";
l DEVICENO is configured according to the data plan and is unique.
l CTRLCN, CTRLSRN, and CTRLSN are the cabinet number, subrack number, and slot number
of the control unit. They must be configured based on site condition.
l RETTYPE must be set to SINGLE_RET.
l SCENARIO must be set to DAISY_CHAIN.VENDORCODE must be set to HW.

Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate the passive antennas in the AAS module.

Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set the RET subunit parameters listed in Table
8-3.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the downtilt parameter listed in Table
8-4.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 97


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

----End

Scenario 9: Connection to the RAE Through the RETPORT


Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds. For details, see Table 8-1.

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD RAE command to add an RAE and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-16.

Step 4 Run the MOD RAESUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RAE subunit. For
details, see Table 8-17.

Step 5 (Optional) Run the MOD RAEDEVICEDATA command to set the RAE device data. For
details, see Table 8-18.

----End

Scenario 10: Connection to the RAE Through the RETPORT (with an RET
Antenna)
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds. For details, see Table 8-1.

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD RAE command to add an RAE and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-16.

Step 4 Run the MOD RAESUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RAE subunit. For
details, see Table 8-17.

Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters. For details,
see Table 8-2.

Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.

Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit. For
details, see Table 8-3.

Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt. For details,
see Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting the
tilt angle.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set the RET device data. For
details, see Table 8-5.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 98


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RAEDEVICEDATA command to set the RAE device data. For
details, see Table 8-18.

----End

Scenario 11: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT


Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds. For details, see
Table 8-6.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD RAE command to add an RAE and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-16.
Step 4 Run the MOD RAESUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RAE subunit. For
details, see Table 8-17.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the MOD RAEDEVICEDATA command to set the RAE device data. For
details, see Table 8-18.

----End

Scenario 12: Connection the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET
Antenna)
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds. For details, see
Table 8-6.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD RAE command to add an RAE and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-16.
Step 4 Run the MOD RAESUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RAE subunit. For
details, see Table 8-17.
Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters. For details,
see Table 8-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.

Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit. For
details, see Table 8-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt. For details,
see Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting the
tilt angle.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set the RET device data. For
details, see Table 8-5.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 99


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RAEDEVICEDATA command to set the RAE device data. For
details, see Table 8-18.

----End

Scenario 13: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds. For details, see
Table 8-6.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-7.
Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit. For
details, see Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD RAE command to add an RAE and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-16.
Step 6 Run the MOD RAESUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RAE subunit. For
details, see Table 8-17.
Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation. For
details, see Table 8-9.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set the TMA device data. For
details, see Table 8-10.
Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RAEDEVICEDATA command to set the RAE device data. For
details, see Table 8-18.

----End

Scenario 14: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET
Antenna and a TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds. For details, see
Table 8-6.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-7.
Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit. For
details, see Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 100


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 5 Run the ADD RAE command to add an RAE and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-16.

Step 6 Run the MOD RAESUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RAE subunit. For
details, see Table 8-17.

Step 7 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters. For details,
see Table 8-2.

Step 8 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.

Step 9 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit. For
details, see Table 8-3.

Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt. For details,
see Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting the
tilt angle.

Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set the RET device data. For
details, see Table 8-5.

Step 12 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation. For
details, see Table 8-9.

Step 13 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set the TMA device data. For
details, see Table 8-10.

Step 14 (Optional) Run the MOD RAEDEVICEDATA command to set the RAE device data. For
details, see Table 8-18.

----End

8.4.6 Commissioning
Step 1 Run the DSP ALDVER command to query the version of an ALD. If the ALD needs to be
upgraded, download the required software as follows:
l If the ALD is an RET, see "RCU software download" in section 4.1.2 Operations on
RET Antennas.
l If the ALD is a TMA, see "TMA software download" in section 4.2.2 Operations on the
TMA.
l If the ALD is an SASU, see "SASU software download" in section 4.3.2 Operations on
the SASU.
l If the ALD is an RAE, see "RAE software download" in section 4.4.2 Operations on
the RAE.
l If the ALD is an AAS, see "RCU software download" in section 4.5.2 Operations on
AAS Modules.

Step 2 If the RET or AAS has no configuration file, load its configuration file as follows:
l If an RET is used, see "Configuration file loading" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET
Antennas.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 101


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

l If an AAS is used, see "Configuration file loading" in section 4.5.2 Operations on AAS
Modules.

----End

8.4.7 Activation Observation

RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by either of the following:

l The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module


l The active module on the AAS module

Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If an RET subunit works properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in the
command output.

Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna.
NOTE

If only one antenna port on the RF module supports RET, the RF module does not support reporting the
Control Port No. parameter. The value of this parameter is displayed as NULL.

Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMA command to query TMA dynamic information.

Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMASUBUNIT command to query dynamic information
about TMA subunits.

Step 5 If an SASU is used, run the DSP SASU command to query the SASU dynamic information.
This step applies to NodeBs only.

Step 6 If an SASU is used, run the DSP SASU command to query the dynamic information about
SASU subunits. This step applies to NodeBs only.

Step 7 If an RAE is used, run the DSP RAE command to query the RAE dynamic information.

----End

Step 1 If an RAE is used, run the DSP RAESUBUNIT command to query the dynamic information
about RAE subunits.

----End

AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the MU configured in
the AAS module.

Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. When an RET subunit is working properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in
the command output.

Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the AAS module.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 102


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

NOTE

The MU does not support reporting the Control Port No. parameter. The value of this parameter is
displayed as NULL

----End

8.4.8 Deactivation
RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs
The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by either of the following:
l The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module
l The active module on the AAS module
If an ALD is no longer used, run the following commands to remove the ALD data:
l RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna. The subunits and device data are removed at the
same time.
l RMV TMA: to remove a TMA. The subunits and device data are removed at the same
time.
l RMV SASU: to remove an SASU. The subunits and device data are removed at the
same time. This command applies only to NodeBs.
l RMV RAE: to remove an RAE. The subunits and device data are removed at the same
time.
Then power off the ALD and set the corresponding attenuation factor to the default value.

AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


If an AAS module with passive antennas is no longer used, run the RMV RET command to
remove the data records of the RET MO, including the settings of all RET subunits under the
MO and device properties.

8.4.9 Reconfiguration
RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by either of the following:
l The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module
l The active module on the AAS module
When ALD data needs to be reconfigured, collect information about the parameters to be
modified based on connections between the RRU/RFU and the RET antenna. For details, see
section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
Follow these steps to reconfigure ALD data:

Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to modify parameters related to an RETPORT.

Step 2 Run the MOD RET command to modify parameters related to an RET antenna.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 103


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 3 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an RET subunit.
Step 4 Run the MOD RETTILT command to adjust the RET antenna downtilt.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 5 Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data.
Step 6 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to modify parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT.
Step 7 Run the MOD TMA command to modify parameters related to a TMA.
Step 8 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to a TMA subunit.
Step 9 Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to adjust RX channel attenuation.
Step 10 Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to adjust the TMA device data.
Step 11 Run the MOD SASU command to modify parameters related to an SASU. This step applies
to NodeBs only.
Step 12 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an SASU subunit.
This step applies to NodeBs only.
Step 13 Run the MOD RAE command to modify parameters related to an RAE.
Step 14 Run the MOD RAESUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an RAE subunit.
Step 15 Run the MOD RAEDEVICEDATA command to adjust the RAE device data.
NOTE

Before changing the power port on the RRU or RFU from an RETPORT to an ANTENNAPORT or from an
ANTENNAPORT to an RETPORT, set the PWRSWITCH parameter that has been set to ON to OFF for the
reconfiguration. This is necessary because the ANTENNAPORT and RETPORT switches on one RRU
cannot be turned on simultaneously.

----End

AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the MU configured in
the AAS module.

Step 1 Run the MOD RET command to modify settings of the RET function parameters on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
Step 2 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to modify the RET subunit parameter settings.
Step 3 Run the MOD RETTILT command to adjust the downtilt settings of the AAS module.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 4 Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data on an AAS
module with passive antennas.

----End

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 104


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

8.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

8.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

8.7 Troubleshooting
Table 8-21 lists the alarms related to ALDs. If an alarm is reported, clear the alarm with
recommended actions in the alarm reference for the base station.

Table 8-21 Alarms related to ALDs


Alarm ID Alarm Name

26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752 ALD Hardware Fault

26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751 RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754 RET Antenna Data Loss

26755 TMA Bypass

26758 TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757 RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

26756 SASU VSWR Threshold Crossed

26759 SASU Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26760 SASU Bypass

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 105


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual


Deployment on GBTS Side)

9.1 When to Use ALD Management


For details, see section 7.1 When to Use ALD Management.

9.2 Required Information


N/A

9.3 Planning
N/A

9.4 Deployment

9.4.1 Requirements
N/A

9.4.2 Data Preparation

Introduction
This section includes only key parameters, not parameters in all scenarios.

ALD data configuration varies according to scenarios. Different scenarios vary when control
signals are sent to an RET antenna through different RRU or RFU ports and when a TMA is
used.

The scenarios are as follows:

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 106


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

l Scenario 1: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT


l Scenario 2: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT
l Scenario 3: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 4: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the GATM

Generic Data
For details about generic data, see section Generic Data.

Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT. In this
scenario, the AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the
configuration can be performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
Table 9-1 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT.

Table 9-1 Key parameters related to the RETPORT


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

RET ALD PwrSwitchRE Set this parameter to ON when an RET Equipment


Power T antenna is used. The default value is plan
Switch OFF.

RET ALD THRESHOLD Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Current TYPERET conditions. design
Alarm
Threshold
Type

RET ALD UnderCurAlm Set these parameters only if the Engineering


Under ThdRET THRESHOLDTYPERET parameter is design
Current set to UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
Occur parameters as required. For details, see
Threshold( section 9.4.3 Precautions.
mA)

RET ALD UnderCurClrT Engineering


Under hdRET design
Current
Clear
Threshold(
mA)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 107


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

RET ALD OverCurAlmT Engineering


Over hdRET design
Current
Occur
Threshold(
mA)

RET ALD OverCurClrTh Engineering


Over dRET design
Current
Clear
Threshold(
mA)

Table 9-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna.

Table 9-2 Key parameters related to the RET antenna


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Device No. DEVICENO The device number of each ALD in a Equipment


base station must be unique. Note that plan
the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of the
TMA.

Device DEVICENAM This parameter identifies an RET Engineering


Name E antenna. The format of the value is design
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device name-
related parameter descriptions. This
parameter is optional. If this parameter is
specified, the device name of each ALD
must be unique.

Control Port CTRLPORTC These parameters specify location Equipment


Cabinet No. N information about the control port for an plan
RET antenna, including the cabinet
Control Port CTRLPORTS number, subrack number, and slot Equipment
Subrack No. RN number of the RRU or RFU where the plan

Control Port CTRLPORTS control port is located. Set these Equipment


Slot No. N parameters based on the control plan
relationship between the RET antenna
and the RRU or RFU.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 108


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Control Port CTRLPORTN Control port number. The value ranges Equipment
No. O from 0 to 2. Control ports 0, 1, and 2 plan
correspond to the ports ANT_A,
ANT_B, and RETPORT, respectively.
Only one port on the RRU or RFU can
be used as the control port for the RET
antenna. In a daisy chain scenario,
multiple RCUs share one control port.

RETType RETTYPE Set this parameter as follows: Equipment


l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET plan
for the RET antenna with a single
RET subunit or for the AAS module
with passive antennas.
l Set this parameter to MULTI_RET
for the RET antenna with multiple
RET subunits.

Number of SUBUNITNU Number of RET subunits used by a base Equipment


RET M station. plan
Subunits Set this parameter as follows:
l Set this parameter if the RETTYPE
parameter is set to MULTI_RET.
l Set this parameter to 1 if the base
station uses the AAS module with
passive antennas.

Polar Type POLARTYPE Set this parameter based on the AAS Equipment
specifications only when the base station plan
uses the AAS module with passive
antennas or set this parameter based on
the RET antenna specifications.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 109


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Antenna SCENARIO This parameter specifies how the RET Equipment


Scenario antenna is connected to an RRU or RFU. plan
l Set this parameter to REGULAR if
the RET antenna is directly
connected to the RRU or RFU. In
this scenario, VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters do not need
to be specified.
l Set this parameter to
DAISY_CHAIN in the following
two scenarios:
Two RET antennas are cascaded. In
this scenario, the control port for
RET antennas must be configured on
the upper-level RRU or RFU of the
daisy chain. The VENDORCODE
and SERIALNO parameters must be
specified. An AAS module with
passive antennas is used. The
DAISY_CHAIN value is
recommended for this parameter
even when you need to use only one
set of antennas for the RET function.
In this case, specify the
VENDORCODE and SERIALNO
parameters because the antennas in
the AAS module are working in
daisy chain mode.

Vendor VENDORCO Set this parameter based on the Equipment


Code DE manufacturer information, for example, plan
KA for a Kathrein RET antenna, AN for
an Andrew RET antenna, or HW for a
Huawei Agisson RET antenna or an
AAS module with passive antennas.
This parameter is mandatory in daisy
chain scenarios.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 110


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Serial No. SERIALNO Set this parameter according to the Equipment


antenna serial number. plan
This parameter is mandatory in daisy
chain scenarios.
If an AAS module with passive antennas
is used, run the SCN ALD command to
obtain the serial number of the AAS
module. Then set this parameter
according to the mapping between the
serial number and antenna based on the
hardware description specific to the
AAS module.

For details about how to configure key parameters related to the RET subunit, see Table 8-3.

For details about how to configure key parameters related to the RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.

For details about how to configure key parameters related to the RET device data, see Table
8-5.

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its
ANTENNAPORT. In this scenario, the AAS module functions as the conventional RET
antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be performed in the same way as that for
conventional RET antennas.

For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.

Table 9-3 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT. This
table assumes that ANT_A is a control port. When any other ANTENNAPORT is the control
port, the key parameters can be similarly configured. For example, when ANT_B is the
control port, the parameter ID PwrSwitchB is configured accordingly.

Table 9-3 Key parameters related to the ANTENNAPORT


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

ANT_A PwrSwitchA Set this parameter to ON when an ALD Equipment


ALD Power is used. The default value is OFF. plan
Switch If this parameter is set to ON, current
alarm thresholds for this port must be
specified.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 111


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

ANT_A ChkModA Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD conditions. For details, see Table 9-9. design
Current
Alarm
Threshold
Type

ANT_A OverCurAlmT Set these parameters only if the Engineering


ALD Over hdA ChkModA parameter is set to design
Current UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
Occur parameters as required. For details, see
Threshold(m section 9.4.3 Precautions.
A)

ANT_A OverCurClrTh Engineering


ALD Over dA design
Current
Clear
Threshold(m
A)

ANT_A UnderCurAlm Engineering


ALD Under ThdA design
Current
Occur
Threshold(m
A)

ANT_A UnderCurClrT Engineering


ALD Under hdA design
Current
Clear
Threshold(m
A)

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and Table
8-5..
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
9-3.
Table 9-4 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 112


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Table 9-4 Key parameters related to the TMA


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Device No. DEVICENO The device number of each ALD in a Equipment


base station must be unique. Note that plan
the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of
the TMA.

Device DEVICENAM This parameter identifies an RET Engineering


Name E antenna. The format of the value is design
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device name-
related parameter descriptions. This
parameter is optional. If this parameter
is specified, the device name of each
ALD must be unique.

TMA Power PWRSUPPLY Power supply type of a TMA. Set this Equipment
Supply Type TYPE parameter based on the specifications plan
provided by the TMA manufacturer.

Control Port CTRLPORTC These parameters specify location Equipment


Cabinet No. N information about the control port, plan
including the cabinet number, subrack
Control Port CTRLPORTS number, and slot number of the RRU or Equipment
Subrack No. RN RFU where the control port is located. plan

Control Port CTRLPORTS Set these parameters based on control Equipment


Slot No. N relationship between the TMA and the plan
RRU or RFU.

Number of SUBUNITNU Set this parameter based on the site Equipment


TMA M conditions. Generally, the value is 2. plan
Subunits

Vendor code VENDORCOD Set this parameter to the actual TMA Equipment
E manufacturer code. plan

Serial No. SERIALNO Set this parameter to the actual TMA Equipment
serial number. plan

For details about how to configure key parameters related to the TMA subunit, see Table 8-8.
Table 9-5 describes the parameters that must be set to configure RX channel attenuation.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 113


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Table 9-5 Key parameters related to RX channel attenuation


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Antenna HAVETT1 This parameter specifies whether a TMA Equipment


Tributary 1 is connected to RF port ANT_A. If a plan
Flag TMA is connected, set this parameter to
YES.

Antenna ATTENFACT Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Tributary 1 OR1 conditions after the TMA is installed. design
Factor This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to DRRU or
DRFU.

Antenna MRRUATTEN Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Tributary 1 FACTOR1 conditions after the TMA is installed. design
Factor This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is not set to
DRRU or DRFU.

Antenna HAVETT2 This parameter specifies whether a TMA Equipment


Tributary 2 is connected to RF port ANT_B. If a plan
Flag TMA is connected, set this parameter to
YES.

Antenna ATTENFACT Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Tributary 2 OR2 conditions after the TMA is installed. design
Factor This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to DRRU or
DRFU.

Antenna MRRUATTEN Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Tributary 2 FACTOR2 conditions after the TMA is installed. design
Factor This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is not set to
DRRU or DRFU.

Antenna HAVETT3 This parameter specifies whether a TMA Equipment


Tributary 3 is connected to RF port ANT_C. If a plan
Flag TMA is connected, set this parameter to
YES.

Antenna MRRUATTEN Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Tributary 3 FACTOR3 conditions after the TMA is installed. design
Factor This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to MRRU
or GRRU.

Antenna HAVETT4 This parameter specifies whether a TMA Equipment


Tributary 4 is connected to RF port ANT_D. If a plan
Flag TMA is connected, set this parameter to
YES.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 114


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Antenna MRRUATTEN Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Tributary 4 FACTOR4 conditions after the TMA is installed. design
Factor This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to MRRU
or GRRU.

Table 9-6 describes the parameters that must be set to TMA device data.

Table 9-6 Key parameters related to the TMA device data


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Device No. DEVICENO Device number of a TMA. Engineering design


Set this parameter when
configuring the TMA MO.

SubUnit No. SUBUNITNO TMA subunit number. Set Engineering design


this parameter when
configuring the
TMASUBUNIT MO.

Antenna BEARING Azimuth of an antenna. This Equipment plan


Bearing parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Antenna Model MODELNO Antenna model. This Equipment plan


Number parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Base Station ID BSID ID of a base station served Equipment plan


by an antenna. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Band1 BAND1 Frequency band supported Equipment plan


by an antenna and the
BeamWidth1 BEAMWIDTH1 corresponding beam width. Equipment plan

Gain1 GAIN1 These parameters are part of Equipment plan


device data defined in AISG
Band2 BAND2 protocols. For details, see Equipment plan
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
BeamWidth2 BEAMWIDTH2 Equipment plan

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 115


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Gain2 GAIN2 Equipment plan

Band3 BAND3 Equipment plan

BeamWidth3 BEAMWIDTH3 Equipment plan

Gain3 GAIN3 Equipment plan

Band4 BAND4 Equipment plan

BeamWidth4 BEAMWIDTH4 Equipment plan

Gain4 GAIN4 Equipment plan

Installed Date DATE Date on which an antenna is Equipment plan


to be installed. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Installed TILT Mechanical tilt of an Equipment plan


Mechanical Tilt antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Installer ID INSTALLERID ID of the person who installs Equipment plan


an antenna. This parameter
is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

AISG Sector ID SECTORID ID of a sector served by an Equipment plan


antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Serial No. SERIALNO Equipment serial number of Equipment plan


an antenna. This parameter
is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Gain Resolution GAINRESOLU These parameters are usually Equipment plan


TION set when a TMA is
delivered. If these
parameters have not been set

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 116


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Subunit Type SUBUNITTYP upon a TMA delivery, you Equipment plan


E can set them according to
manuals delivered with the
Received Max RXMAXFQ TMA. This parameter is part Equipment plan
Frequency of the device data defined by
Received Min RXMINFQ AISG protocols. For details, Equipment plan
Frequency see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.
Transmit Max TXMAXFQ Equipment plan
Frequency

Transmit Min TXMINFQ Equipment plan


Frequency

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a


TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT, RET antenna, RET subunit, RET
antenna downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-1, Table 9-2, Table 8-3,
Table 8-4, and Table 8-5.

For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and TMA device data in this scenario, see Table 9-4, Table 8-8, Table 9-5, and Table 9-6.

Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the GATM


Table 9-7 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a GATM.

Table 9-7 Key parameters related to the GATM

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

ANT0 ALD AMPC0 Set this parameter to ON when ANT0 is Equipment


Power connected to the RET antenna. (The plan
Switch default value is OFF.)

ANT0 MODE0 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Alarm Mode conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is design
recommended.

ANT0 ALD MAJORALM Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Over UP0 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Critical Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 117


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

ANT0 ALD MINORALMU Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Over P0 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Warning Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT0 ALD ALMD0 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Low Current conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Alarm Precautions.
Threshold(
mA)

ANT1 ALD AMPC1 Set this parameter to ON when ANT1 is Equipment


Power connected to the RET antenna. (The plan
Switch default value is OFF.)

ANT1 MODE1 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Alarm Mode conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is design
recommended.

ANT1 ALD MAJORALM Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Over UP1 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Critical Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT1 ALD MINORALMU Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Over P1 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Warning Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT1 ALD ALMD1 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Low Current conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Alarm Precautions.
Threshold(
mA)

ANT2 ALD AMPC2 Set this parameter to ON when ANT2 is Equipment


Power connected to the RET antenna. (The plan
Switch default value is OFF.)

ANT2 MODE2 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Alarm Mode conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is design
recommended.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 118


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

ANT2 ALD MAJORALM Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Over UP2 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Critical Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT2 ALD MINORALMU Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Over P2 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Warning Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT2 ALD ALMD2 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Low Current conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Alarm Precautions.
Threshold(
mA)

ANT3 ALD AMPC3 Set this parameter to ON when ANT3 is Equipment


Power connected to the RET antenna. (The plan
Switch default value is OFF.)

ANT3 MODE3 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Alarm Mode conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is design
recommended.

ANT3 ALD MAJORALM Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Over UP3 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Critical Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT3 ALD MINORALMU Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Over P3 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Warning Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT3 ALD ALMD3 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Low Current conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Alarm Precautions.
Threshold(
mA)

ANT4 ALD AMPC4 Set this parameter to ON when ANT4 is Equipment


Power connected to the RET antenna. (The plan
Switch default value is OFF.)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 119


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

ANT4 MODE4 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Alarm Mode conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is design
recommended.

ANT4 ALD MAJORALM Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Over UP4 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Critical Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT4 ALD MINORALMU Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Over P4 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Warning Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT4 ALD ALMD4 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Low Current conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Alarm Precautions.
Threshold(
mA)

ANT5 ALD AMPC5 Set this parameter to ON when ANT5 is Equipment


Power connected to the RET antenna. (The plan
Switch default value is OFF.)

ANT5 MODE5 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Alarm Mode conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is design
recommended.

ANT5 ALD MAJORALM Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Over UP5 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Critical Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT5 ALD MINORALMU Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Over P5 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Warning Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT5 ALD ALMD5 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Low Current conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Alarm Precautions.
Threshold(
mA)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 120


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Manager MCN Cabinet number of the managing board. Engineering


Cabinet No. The managing board is the GTMU or design
CCU board that directly communicates
with the GATM.

Manager MSRN Subrack number of the managing board. Engineering


Subrack No. The managing board is the GTMU or design
CCU board that directly communicates
with the GATM.

Manager MPN Number of the monitoring port on the Engineering


Port No. managing board that connects to the design
GATM

Table 9-8 describes the parameters that must be set to enable the RET function.

Table 9-8 Key parameters related to the RET function


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Device No. DEVICENO The device number of each ALD in a Equipment


base station must be unique. plan

For details about key parameters related to the RET antenna, RET antenna downtilt, and RET
device data, see Table 9-2, Table 8-4, and Table 8-5.

9.4.3 Precautions
Section 8.4.3 Precautions describes the common precautions for GBTS and eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB.
The common TMA does not support the AISG protocol. To configure a common TMA, you
only need to run the SET BTSRXUBP command to turn on the power switch, set current
alarm thresholds, and configure the RX channel attenuation based on the network plan. For
data preparation details for turning on the power switch and setting the current alarm
thresholds, see Table 9-3. For data preparation details for configuring the RX channel
attenuation, see Table 9-5.
After subunits are added to an AISG1.1-based TMA, all TMA subunits start to work only
after you run the STR BTSALDSCAN command.
Use the values provided in Table 9-9 and Table 9-10 to set the current alarm threshold type
for the control port.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 121


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Table 9-9 Reference values for current alarm thresholds (ANTENNAPORT)


Reference Description Undercur Undercur Overcur Overcur
Value rent rent rent rent
Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
Occur Clear Occur Clear
Threshol Threshol Thresho Thresho
d (mA) d (mA) ld (mA) ld (mA)

TMA12DB_ONL For 12 dB TMA 30 40 170 150


Y_NON_AISG only

TMA24DB_ONL For 24 dB TMA 40 60 310 280


Y_NON_AISG only

RET_ONLY_CO For RET antenna 25 33 150 120


AXIAL only (coaxial
cable)

TMA12DB_AISG For 12 dB TMA 30 40 450 400


+RET antenna or
12 dB TMA only
(AISG)

TMA24DB_AISG For 24 dB TMA 40 60 850 750


+RET antenna or
24 dB TMA only
(AISG)

UER_SELF_DEF User-defined For details, see the description below.


INE1

UER_SELF_DEF User-defined For details, see the description below.


INE2

UER_SELF_DEF User-defined For details, see the description below.


INE3

Table 9-10 Reference values of current alarm thresholds (RETPORT)


Reference Description Undercur Undercur Overcur Overcur
Value rent rent rent rent
Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
Occur Clear Occur Clear
Threshol Threshol Thresho Thresho
d (mA) d (mA) ld (mA) ld (mA)

RET_ONLY_MU For RET antenna 10 15 150 120


LTICORE only (multi-wire
cable)

UER_SELF_DEF User- defined For details, see the description below.


INE1

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 122


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Reference Description Undercur Undercur Overcur Overcur


Value rent rent rent rent
Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
Occur Clear Occur Clear
Threshol Threshol Thresho Thresho
d (mA) d (mA) ld (mA) ld (mA)

UER_SELF_DEF User- defined For details, see the description below.


INE2

UER_SELF_DEF User- defined For details, see the description below.


INE3

When the current alarm threshold type is user-defined, set current alarm thresholds based on
the actual ALD type. Pay attention to the following restrictions:

l User-defined current alarm thresholds must meet the requirements: Under Current Occur
Threshold < Under Current Clear Threshold < Over Current Clear Threshold < Over
Current Occur Threshold.
l Generally, the Under Current Occur Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the device rated
operating current, and the Under Current Clear Threshold is set to about 20 mA greater
than the Under Current Occur Threshold. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to
150% to 200% of the device rated operating current, and the Over Current Clear
Threshold is set to about 50 mA less than the Over Current Occur Threshold.
l If RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario, the Under Current Occur
Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the
RRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to a value that is 150% to 200% of the
total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.
l If the configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei, the Under Current Occur
Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the
RRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated
current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.
l There are three user-define types for GBTSs: UER_SELF_DEFINE1,
UER_SELF_DEFINE2, and UER_SELF_DEFINE3. Generally, the value is
UER_SELF_DEFINE1.

9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI

Configuring a Single Base Station


Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 9.4.2 Data Preparation. For details, see
3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following sequence:
3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations >
Creating GBTSs > Creating a Single GBTS > Configuring GBTS Device Data > Configuring
ALDs > Procedure.

NOTE

When you navigate in the document, locate the correct node based on the type of the base station
controller connected to the base station.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 123


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Configuring Base Stations in Batches


Customize a template on a base station where ALDs have been configured, and save this
template. Prepare a summary data file by referencing the user-defined template. Configure
eNodeBs in batches based on the summary data file.

For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating
Base Stations > Creating GBTSs > Creating GBTSs in Batches.

NOTE

When you navigate in the document, locate the correct node based on the type of the base station
controller connected to the base station.

9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML


Commands

Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT


The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT.

Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-1.

Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.

Step 4 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.

Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 8-3.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

----End

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT.

Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,
including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-3.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 124


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.

Step 4 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.

Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 8-3.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

----End

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,
including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-3.

Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD BTSTMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 9-4.

Step 4 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit,
see Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.

Step 6 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.

Step 7 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 8-3.

Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 125


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Step 10 (Optional) Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 9-5.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 9-6.

----End

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a


TMA)
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-1.
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSTMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 9-4.
Step 4 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit,
see Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 8-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 9-5.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 9-6.

----End

Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the GATM


Step 1 Run the SET BTSDATUBP command to set parameters related to a GATM, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-7.
Step 2 Run the SET BTSRETANTENB command to enable the RET function. For details, see
Table 9-8.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 126


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Step 3 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.

Step 4 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.
Step 5 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

----End

9.4.6 Commissioning
Step 1 Run the DSP BTSALDVER command to query the version of an ALD. If the ALD needs to
be upgraded, download the required software as follows:
l If the ALD is an RET, see "RCU software download" in section 4.1.2 Operations on
RET Antennas.
l If the ALD is a TMA, see "TMA software download" in section 4.2.2 Operations on the
TMA.
Step 2 If the RET has no configuration file, load its configuration file. For details, see "Configuration
file loading" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas.

----End

9.4.7 Activation Observation


Step 1 Run the DSP BTSRETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If an RET subunit works properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in the
command output.
Step 2 Run the DSP BTSRET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna.

Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMA command to query TMA dynamic information.

Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMASUBUNIT command to query dynamic information
about TMA subunits.

----End

9.4.8 Deactivation
If an ALD is no longer used, run the following commands to remove the ALD data:
l RMV BTSRET: to remove RET antenna data. The subunits and device data are
removed at the same time.
l RMV BTSTMA: to remove TMA data. The subunits and device data are removed at the
same time.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 127


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Then power off the ALD and set the corresponding attenuation factor to the default value.

9.4.9 Reconfiguration
When you need to reconfigure ALD data, collect information about the parameters to be
modified based on connections between the RRU/RFU and the RET antenna. For details, see
section 9.4.2 Data Preparation.

Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to modify parameters related to an RETPORT.
Step 2 Run the MOD BTSRET command to modify parameters related to an RET antenna.
Step 3 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an RET
subunit.
Step 4 Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to adjust the RET antenna downtilt.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data.
Step 6 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to modify parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT.
Step 7 Run the MOD BTSTMA command to modify parameters related to a TMA.
Step 8 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to a TMA
subunit.
Step 9 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to adjust RX channel attenuation.
NOTE

Before changing the power port on the RRU or RFU from an RETPORT to an ANTENNAPORT or
from an ANTENNAPORT to an RETPORT, set the PwrSwitchRET or PwrSwitchA parameter that has
been set to ON to OFF for the reconfiguration. This is necessary because the ANTENNAPORT and
RETPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.

Step 10 Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to adjust a TMA device data.

----End

For the scenario of connection to the RET antenna through the GATM, perform the following
steps:

Step 1 Run the SET BTSDATUBP command to modify parameters related to the port where the
GATM connects to RET antenna.
Step 2 Run the MOD BTSRET command to adjust parameters related to an RET antenna.
Step 3 Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to adjust the RET antenna downtilt.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 4 Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data.

----End

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 128


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

9.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

9.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

9.7 Troubleshooting
Table 9-11 lists the alarms related to ALDs. If an alarm is reported, clear the alarm with
recommended actions in the alarm reference of the BSC.

Table 9-11 Alarms related to ALDs


Alarm ID Alarm Name

26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752 ALD Hardware Fault

26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751 RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754 RET Antenna Data Loss

26755 TMA Bypass

26758 TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757 RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 129


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD


Automatic Deployment)

10.1 When to Use ALD Automatic Deployment


It is recommended that ALD Automatic Deployment be used when ALDs have been installed
and the ALDs comply with AISG protocols. The AISG protocol has two versions, AISG v1.1
and AISG v2.0. Both are supported in SRAN9.0 and later.
ALD automatic deployment applies to RETs and TMAs but not SASUs or AAS modules. In
addition, ALD automatic deployment is not supported in GATM scenarios.

10.2 Required Information


N/A

10.3 Planning
N/A

10.4 Deployment

10.4.1 Process
Figure 10-1 describes the process of ALD automatic deployment.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 130


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Figure 10-1 ALD automatic deployment

10.4.2 Requirements
License
For details, see 7.4.1 Requirements.

Base Station
Base stations must have been deployed and commissioned before ALD automatic
deployment.

10.4.3 Data Preparation


Overview
In ALD automatic deployment, the system automatically performs initial configuration for
most ALD data, as described in section 10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration
Process. Only a small amount of ALD data needs to be manually modified or added. The
ALD data that needs manual operation varies depending on the following:
l Number of RET subunits
l Cascading of RET antennas

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 131


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

l Number of TMA subunits


l Connections between the TMA and RRU/RFU

The related scenarios are as follows:

l Scenario 1: Single-antenna RET antenna not in daisy chain mode (see Figure 4-1)
l Scenario 2: AISG v2.0-based TMA connected to the RRU/RFU with two RF ports (one
TMA with two TMA subunits) (see Figure 4-10)
l Scenario 3: Single-antenna RET antenna in daisy chain mode (see Figure 4-4)
l Scenario 4: Multi-antenna RET antenna (see Figure 4-1)
l Scenario 5: AISG v1.1-based TMA (two TMAs, each with two TMA subunits)
l Scenario 6: TMA connected to two cascaded RRUs or RFUs (see Figure 4-11)
l Scenario 7: TMA connected to the RRU with four RF ports (see Figure 4-12)
NOTE

In scenario 7, if the RRU with four RF ports is connected to two RET antennas, the TMA and RET
antenna on the RF port ANT_A connecting to the control port for the RET antenna can be automatically
deployed, but the TMA and RET antenna on the RF port ANT_B connecting to the control port for the
RET antenna cannot be automatically deployed. For details about the data configurations, see scenario 3
in section 7.4 "Deploying ALD Management" or scenario 3 in section 8.4 "Deploying ALD
Management."

Obtain an RET antenna configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer in advance
because the configuration file may be required for commissioning an ALD after initial
configuration is complete.

Manually Configured Data


After ALD automatic configuration is complete, manually modify and add required ALD
data, which must be obtained and recorded locally on the base station.

1. Common data that needs to be modified


Table 10-1 or Table 10-2 describes the parameters that need to be manually modified
after automatic configuration is complete.

Table 10-1 Common parameters that need to be manually modified (eGBTS/NodeB/


eNodeB)

MO Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes


Name

RETSUBU Tilt TILT Check whether manual


NIT modification is required. If yes,
obtain the method of modifying this
parameter.

TMASUBU Mode MODE Check whether manual


NIT modification is required. If yes,
Gain GAIN obtain the method of modifying this
parameter.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 132


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

MO Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes


Name

RXBRANC Attenuation ATTEN Obtain the modification value for


H the RX channel attenuation using
the following formula:
RXBRANCH. ATTEN =
TMASUBUNIT.GAIN Antenna
loss
where
TMASUBUNIT.MODE and
TMASUBUNIT.GAIN: Manually
modified values.

Table 10-2 Common parameters that need to be manually modified (GBTS)


MO Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes
Name

BTSRETSU Tilt TILT Check whether manual


BUNIT modification is required. If yes,
obtain the method of modifying
this parameter.

BTSTMAS Mode MODE Check whether manual


UBUNIT modification is required. If yes,
Gain GAIN obtain the method of modifying
(0.25db) this parameter.

BTSRXUBP Antenna ATTENFACTO Obtain the modification value for


Tributary 1 R1 the RX channel attenuation using
Factor the following formula:
BTSRXUBP. ATTENFACTOR =
Antenna MRRUATTEN
BTSTMASUBUNIT.GAIN
Tributary 1 FACTOR1
Antenna loss
Factor
where
Antenna ATTENFACTO BTSTMASUBUNIT.MODE and
Tributary 2 R2 BTSTMASUBUNIT.GAIN:
Factor Manually modified values.
Antenna MRRUATTEN
Tributary 2 FACTOR2
Factor

2. Scenario-specific data that needs to be added


Table 10-3 describes the parameters that need to be manually added in scenarios 3 through 7.
There is no need to manually add parameters in scenarios 1 and 2.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 133


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Table 10-3 Scenario-specific parameters that need to be manually added


Scenari Scenario Configuration Setting Notes
o Item Description Data

Scenario Single- RET subunit Add data of the connection port for the
3 antenna RET connection port RETSUBUNIT MO based on
antenna in connections between the RET antenna
daisy chain and RF module.
mode The vendor code and serial number of the
device identify an RET antenna. The
cabinet number, subrack number, and slot
number identify the RF module where an
RF port connecting to the RET antenna is
located and the port number identifies the
RF port.

Scenario Multi- RET subunit Add data of the connection port for the
4 antenna RET connection port RETSUBUNIT MO based on
antenna connections between the RET antenna
and RF module.
The ALD device number and subunit
number identify an RET subunit. The
cabinet number, subrack number, and slot
number identify the RF module where an
RF port connecting to the RET antenna is
located and the port number identifies the
RF port.

Scenario AISG v1.1- TMA subunit Add data of the connection port for the
5 based TMA connection port RETSUBUNIT MO based on
(two TMAs, connections between the TMA and RF
each with module.
two TMA The vendor code and serial number of the
subunits) device identify a TMA. The cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot
number identify the RF module where an
RF port connecting to the TMA is
located and the port number identifies the
RF port.

Scenario TMA TMA subunit Manually modify the configuration of


6 connected to connection port connection ports for the RETSUBUNIT
two cascaded MO after automatic configuration is
RRUs or complete. This is because automatic
RFUs configuration cannot identify RF ports
ANT_A (R0A) on the two cascaded RF
modules as TMA subunit connection
ports.

RX channel Manually modify attenuation on the four


attenuation RX channels of two RF modules.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 134


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Scenari Scenario Configuration Setting Notes


o Item Description Data

Scenario TMA TMA subunit Manually modify the configuration of the


7 connected to connection port connection port for the RETSUBUNIT
the RRU MO after automatic configuration is
with four RF complete. This is because automatic
ports configuration cannot identify any of the
four RF ports on RF modules as the
TMA subunit connection port.

RX channel Manually modify attenuation on RX


attenuation channels of the RF modules.

RET Antenna Configuration File


l Check whether the RET antenna configuration file needs to be downloaded.
Download the RET antenna configuration file in scenarios where an RCU and antenna
are delivered separately and installed onsite. There is no need to download the
configuration file in scenarios where an RCU and antenna are combined or delivered
together or where an existing RET antenna can be re-used.
l Obtain the RET antenna configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer.
After obtaining the configuration file, record RCU and antenna models of all sectors in a base
station in the site survey report and determine which configuration file to download for a
specific RET antenna based on the model information.

10.4.4 Creating an ALD Automatic Deployment Task


ALD automatic deployment must be performed on the U2000 Antenna Management System
(AMS) client. This section describes how to start the U2000 AMS client and create an ALD
automatic deployment task.

Starting the U2000 AMS Client


You can start the U2000 AMS client by entering U2000's IP address in the Internet Explorer
(IE) address bar or by using the U2000 client.
Method 1: Entering U2000's IP address in the address bar of the IE

Step 1 In the address bar of the IE, enter U2000 IP address/ams (for example, 10.141.143.253/ams)
and press Enter.
Step 2 In the displayed login window of the U2000 AMS client, input User Name, Password, and
Verification Code.
Note that the user name and password for the U2000 AMS client are the same as those for the
U2000 client.

----End
Method 2: Using the U2000 client

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 135


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

On the U2000 client, choose Maintenance > Antenna Management > Device
Management. The U2000 AMS client is started.

Creating a Task
An ALD automatic deployment task can be created on the ALD Auto Deployment tab page.
After the U2000 AMS client is started, click the Device Management tab. The Device
Management tab page is displayed. Then, click the ALD Auto Deployment tab, as shown in
Figure 10-2.

Figure 10-2 Clicking the ALD Auto Deployment tab

Operators can manage and monitor ALD automatic deployment on a single NE if an ALD
automatic deployment task has been created on the U2000 AMS client.
To create an ALD automatic deployment task for an NE, you can manually select the NE or
import a deployment list that contains the NE information.
NOTE

The preceding deployment list is the one that is exported through the CME described in 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration.

Method 1: Manually selecting an NE


Step 1 On the ALD Auto Deployment tab page, click Create.
Step 2 Select a target NE and click OK.
You can move one or multiple NEs from the Available NEs list to the Select NEs list by

clicking .

You can move all NEs from the Available NEs list to the Select NEs list by clicking .

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 136


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

The value of Status is Wait to be started, indicating that an ALD automatic deployment task
has been created for the selected NE.

----End

Method 2: Importing a deployment list

Step 1 On the ALD Auto Deployment tab page, click Import NE List.

Step 2 In the displayed Import dialog box, click Browse to select a deployment list and click OK.

The value of Status is Wait to be started, indicating that an ALD automatic deployment task
has been created for the selected NE.

----End

10.4.5 Initial Configuration


Initial configuration for ALD automatic deployment includes automatic configuration and
manual configuration. Manual configuration is performed after automatic configuration.

Automatic Configuration
Step 1 On the list of ALD automatic deployment tasks, select a target NE and click Start, as shown
in Figure 10-3.

Figure 10-3 Starting a task

Step 2 Wait until automatic configuration is complete. During the automatic configuration, Status is
Running.

When automatic configuration is complete, the Progress becomes 100% and the Status
changes to Wait to be acknowledged.

Step 3 Click Export in the Report column to download an ALD automatic configuration report.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 137


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Step 4 Check the configuration process and results in the ALD automatic configuration report.

----End

NOTICE
Do not stop an ongoing ALD automatic configuration task. You can perform other operations
only after the automatic configuration is complete.

Manual Configuration (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)


Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
Set parameters on the CME configuration interface according to the operation sequence
described in the "Manually Configured Data" section. For instructions on how to perform
the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration
You are advised to use the batch configuration function on the CME to manually configure
ALD data for base stations of the same type to improve configuration efficiency. The related
operations are as follows:

Step 1 Export ALD data of multiple base stations using the CME.
For details about how to use the CME to export data of multiple base stations, see CME
Product Documentation. You can check the related operations for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB by choosing different modes. For example, for an eGBTS, choose CME
Management > CME Guidelines > GSM Application Management > Base Satiation
Related Operations > Importing and Exporting eGBTS Data for Batch Configuration in
CME Product Documentation.
The ALD-related MOCs that need to be exported include ANTENNAPORT, RETPORT,
RXBRANCH, RET, RETSUBUNIT, TMA, and TMASUBUNIT.
Step 2 Modify the exported ALD data.
Export the ALD data of multiple base stations to XLS files using the CME, modify the data
for a specific scenario as described in section 9.4.3 "Data Preparation."
Step 3 Import the ALD data of multiple base stations using the CME.
For details about how to use the CME to import data of multiple base stations, see CME
Product Documentation. You can check the related operations for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB by choosing different modes. For example, for an eGBTS, choose CME
Management > CME Guidelines > GSM Application Management > Base Satiation
Related Operations > Importing and Exporting eGBTS Data for Batch Configuration in
CME Product Documentation.

----End

Manual Configuration (GBTS)


You can run MML commands to manually configure ALD data for a GBTS.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 138


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Table 10-4 describes the MML commands used to manually modify common ALD data.

Table 10-4 MML commands used to manually modify common ALD data
MO Paramet Parameter ID MML Command
er Name

BTSRETSUB Tilt TILT MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT


UNIT

BTSTMASUB Mode MODE MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT


UNIT

BTSTMASUB Gain GAIN MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT


UNIT (0.25db)

BTSRXUBP Antenna ATTENFACTOR1 SET BTSRXUBP


Tributary
1 Factor

Antenna MRRUATTENFACTOR1
Tributary
1 Factor

Antenna ATTENFACTOR2
Tributary
2 Factor

Antenna MRRUATTENFACTOR2
Tributary
2 Factor

Table 10-5 describes the MML commands used to manually modify scenario-specific ALD
data.

Table 10-5 MML commands used to manually modify scenario-specific ALD data
Scenario Scenario Configuration Data MML Command
Item Description

Scenario 3 Single- Connection port for the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT


antenna RET BTSRETSUBUNIT MO
antenna in
daisy chain
mode

Scenario 4 Multi-antenna Connection port for the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT


RET antenna BTSRETSUBUNIT MO

Scenario 6 TMA Connection port for the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT


connected to BTSTMASUBUNIT MO
two cascaded

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 139


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Scenario Scenario Configuration Data MML Command


Item Description

RRUs or RX channel attenuation SET BTSRXUBP


RFUs

Scenario 7 TMA Connection port for the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT


connected to BTSTMASUBUNIT MO
the RRU with
four RF ports RX channel attenuation SET BTSRXUBP

10.4.6 Commissioning

Downloading the RET Antenna Configuration File


To download RET antenna configuration files in batches, perform the following steps on the
U2000 AMS client:

Step 1 On the U2000 AMS client, click the Configuration tab.

Step 2 Select an NE and then an RET subunit on the displayed RET Subunit tab page. Multiple NEs
of the same version can be selected and multiple RET subunits can be selected for the same
NE.

Step 3 Choose Transfer GFG File > From OSS Client to OSS Server to upload the target RET
antenna configuration files from your local client to the U2000 server.

Step 4 On the RET Subunit tab page, click Export Configuration Template to export the template
for downloading configuration files for the RET antenna in batches.

Step 5 Input the configuration file name and tilt for each RET subunit in the exported template. If the
tilt is not specified for an RET subunit, the original tilt remains unchanged.

Step 6 Click Import Configuration Template to import the template for downloading configuration
files for the RET antenna in batches. The system automatically downloads configuration files
for the RET antenna, calibrates the RET antenna, and sets the downtilt.

Step 7 Click Export Configuration Report to export the report of downloading configuration files
for the RET antenna in batches.

Step 8 Check the process and results in the report of downloading configuration files for the RET
antenna in batches.

----End

10.4.7 Activation Observation

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the RET subunit
works properly.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 140


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna. If the
values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number of RET
subunits are available, the RET antenna is started properly.
NOTE

If only one antenna port on the RF module supports RET, the RF module does not support reporting the
Control Port No. parameter. The value of this parameter is displayed as NULL.

Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMA command to query dynamic information about the
TMA. If the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual
number of TMA subunits are available, the TMA is started properly.

Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMASUBUNIT command to query the working status of
TMA subunits. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the TMA subunit
works properly.

----End

GBTS
Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the RET subunit
works properly.

Step 2 Run the DSP BTSRET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna. If
the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number of
RET subunits are available, the RET antenna is started properly.

Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMA command to query dynamic information about the
TMA. If the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual
number of TMA subunits are available, the TMA is started properly.

Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMASUBUNIT command to query the working status of
TMA subunits. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the TMA subunit
works properly.

----End

10.4.8 Checking that ALD Automatic Deployment Is Complete


After an ALD automatic deployment task is complete for an NE, you need to check that ALD
automatic deployment is complete on the ALD Auto Deployment tab page of the U2000
AMS client.

On the list of ALD automatic deployment tasks, select an NE whose Status is Wait to be
acknowledged and click Acknowledge.

The value of Status for the NE changes to Completed.

10.4.9 Deactivation
If an ALD is no longer used, run an appropriate command to remove the ALD data. Then
power off the ALD and return the corresponding attenuation parameters to the default value.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 141


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Step 1 Remove the ALD data:
l Using the U2000 AMS
1. In the U2000 AMS, click Configuration on the Device Management tab page, as
shown in Figure 10-4.

Figure 10-4 Configuration tab page

2. On the displayed Configuration tab page, choose the target NE from which the ALD is
to be removed in area 1.
3. In area 2, click the Device tab, choose the ALD to be removed, and click Remove. Data
of the ALD and its subunits is removed.
l Using MML commands
RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
RMV TMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.

Step 2 Power off the ALD:


l Using the U2000 AMS
1. In area 2 on the Configuration tab page, click the Power Switch tab, choose the port
where the power switch for the removed ALD is located.
2. In area 3, set the power switch on the port to OFF. You can set the power switch only on
one port at a time.
l Using MML commands
If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the MOD
RETPORT command to power off the RETPORT.
If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the MOD
ANTENNAPORT command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.

Step 3 Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.

----End

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 142


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

GBTS
Step 1 Remove the ALD data:
l Using the U2000 AMS
1. In the U2000 AMS, click Configuration on the Device Management tab page, as
shown in Figure 10-4.
2. On the displayed Configuration tab page, choose the target NE from which the ALD is
to be removed in area 1.
3. In area 2, click the Device tab, choose the ALD to be removed, and click Remove. Data
of the ALD and its subunits is removed.
l Using MML commands
RMV BTSRET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
RMV BTSTMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.

Step 2 Power off the ALD:


l Using the U2000 AMS
1. In area 2 on the Configuration tab page, click the Power Switch tab, choose the port
where the power switch for the removed ALD is located.
2. In area 3, set the power switch on the port to OFF. You can set the power switch only on
one port at a time.
l Using MML commands
If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the RETPORT.
If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.

Step 3 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.

----End

10.4.10 Reconfiguration
If ALD data needs to be reconfigured after initial configuration is complete, you can use
either of the following ways:

l Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration and then enable ALD automatic
deployment to restart initial configuration.
l Run MML commands to reconfigure ALD data.

Removing ALDs and Enabling ALD Automatic Deployment (eGBTS/NodeB/


eNodeB)
Step 1 Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration:
1. Run the following command to remove the ALD data:
RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
RMV TMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 143


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

2. Power off the ALD:


If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the MOD
RETPORT command to power off the RETPORT.
If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the MOD
ANTENNAPORT command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.
3. Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.

Step 2 Enable ALD automatic deployment to restart initial configuration. For details, see section
10.4.5 Initial Configuration.

----End

Removing ALDs and Enabling ALD Automatic Deployment (GBTS)


Step 1 Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration:
1. Run the following command to remove the ALD data:
RMV BTSRET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
RMV BTSTMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.
2. Power off the ALD:
If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the RETPORT.
If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.
3. Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.

Step 2 Enable ALD automatic deployment to restart initial configuration. For details, see section
10.4.5 Initial Configuration.

----End

Running MML Commands (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)


See section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

Running MML Commands (GBTS)


See section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.

10.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

10.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 144


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

10.7 Troubleshooting
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Table 10-6 lists the alarms related to ALDs for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB. If an alarm is
reported, handle the alarm by referring to the corresponding alarm reference.

Table 10-6 Alarms related to eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB ALDs

Alarm ID Alarm Name

26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752 ALD Hardware Fault

26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751 RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754 RET Antenna Data Loss

26755 TMA Bypass

26758 TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757 RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

GBTS
Table 10-7 lists the alarms related to ALDs for a GBTS. If an alarm is reported, handle the
alarm by referring to the corresponding alarm reference.

Table 10-7 Alarms related to GBTS ALDs

Alarm ID Alarm Name

26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752 ALD Hardware Fault

26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751 RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754 RET Antenna Data Loss

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 145


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Alarm ID Alarm Name

26755 TMA Bypass

26758 TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757 RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration Process


Figure 10-5 describes the process of ALD automatic configuration.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 146


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Figure 10-5 ALD automatic configuration process

Turing on the ALD Power Switch


The system attempts to turn on the ALD power switch for the RETPORT or
ANTENNAPORT MOs.

l If an ALD is configured for the RETPORT or ANTENNAPORT MO, the ALD power
switch is turned on. The system starts scanning the ALD and ALD automatic
configuration continues.
l If no ALD is configured for the RETPORT or ANTENNAPORT MO, the ALD power
switch cannot be turned on. The system turns off the ALD power switch and ALD
automatic configuration ends.

For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-8 and Table 10-9 describe the parameters for
configuring the RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT MOs, respectively.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 147


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Table 10-8 Key parameters for configuring the RETPORT MO


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

Cabinet CN These parameters specify location These parameters are


No. information about the control port set to the cabinet
for an RET antenna, including the number, subrack
Subrack SRN cabinet number, subrack number, number, and slot
No. and slot number of the RRU where number of the RRU
Slot No. SN the control port is located and the where the RETPORT is
control port number. located and the port
Port No. PN number of the
RETPORT. The system
attempts to turn on the
ALD power switch on
the RETPORT.

ALD PWRSWIT Set this parameter to ON when an This parameter is set to


Power CH ALD is used. The default value is ON when the power
Switch OFF. switch is turned on or
to OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

Current THRESH - This parameter is set to


Alarm OLDTYPE the default value
Threshold RET_ONLY_MULTI
CORE.

Table 10-9 Key parameters for configuring the ANTENNAPORT MO


Paramete Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
r Name ID Configuration

Control CN These parameters specify location These parameters are


Port information about the control port set to the cabinet
Cabinet for an RET antenna, including the number, subrack
No. cabinet number, subrack number, number, and slot
and slot number of the RRU or RFU number of the RRU
Control SRN where the control port is located and where the
Port the control port number. ANTENNAPORT is
Subrack located and the port
No. number of the
Control SN RETPORT. The system
Port Slot attempts to turn on the
No. ALD power switch on
the ANTENNAPORT.
Control PN
Port
Cabinet
No.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 148


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Paramete Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


r Name ID Configuration

ALD PWRSWIT Set this parameter to ON when an This parameter is set to


Power CH ALD is used. The default value is ON when the power
Switch OFF. switch is turned on or to
OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

Current THRESH - This parameter is set to


Alarm OLDTYPE the default value
Threshold TMA24DB_AISG.

For a GBTS, Table 10-10 and Table 10-11 describe the parameters for configuring the
RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT MOs, respectively.

Table 10-10 Key parameters for configuring the RETPORT MO


Paramete Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
r Name ID Configuration

RET ALD PwrSwitch Set this parameter to ON when an This parameter is set to
Power RET ALD is used. The default value is ON when the power
Switch OFF. switch is turned on or to
OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

RET ALD THRESH - This parameter is set to


Current OLDTYPE the default value
Alarm RET RET_ONLY_MULTI
Threshold CORE.
Type

Table 10-11 Key parameters for configuring the ANTENNAPORT MO


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

ANT_A PwrSwitch Set this parameter to ON when an This parameter is set to


ALD A ALD is used. The default value is ON when the power
Power OFF. switch is turned on or
Switch to OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 149


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

ANT_A ChkModA - This parameter is set to


ALD the default value
Current TMA24DB_AISG.
Alarm
Threshold
Type

Scanning ALDs
The system starts scanning ALDs after the ALD power switch is turned on. The system will
scan a connected ALD and existing data of the ALD. The ALD data is used for later
automatic configuration.

Configuring the RET and RETSUBUNIT MOs


After an RET antenna is scanned, the system automatically configures the RET and
RETSUBUNIT MOs.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-12 and Table 10-13 describe the parameters for
configuring the RET and RETSUBUNIT MOs, respectively.

Table 10-12 Key parameters for configuring the RET MO


Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Automatic
Name r ID Configuration

Device No. DEVICE The device number of each ALD in The system
NO a base station must be unique. Note automatically allocates
that the RET antenna's DEVICENO device numbers with no
must be different from the TMA's. duplicates.

Device DEVICE This parameter identifies an RET The format of the


Name NAME antenna. device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number,
for example,
RET_0_60_0_1.

Control CTRLCN These parameters specify location These parameters are


Port information about the control port set based on the ALD
Cabinet for an RET antenna, including the scanning results.
No. cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU or RFU
where the control port is located.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 150


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Automatic


Name r ID Configuration

Control CTRLSR
Port N
Subrack
No.

Control CTRLSN
Port Slot
No.

RET Type RETTYP Set this parameter as follows: These parameters are
E l Set this parameter to set based on the ALD
SINGLE_RET for the RET scanning results.
antenna with a single RET
subunit.
l Set this parameter to
MULTI_RET for the RET
antenna with multiple RET
subunits.

Number of SUBUNI Number of RET subunits used by a These parameters are


RET TNUM base station. set based on the ALD
Subunits Set this parameter if the RETTYPE scanning results.
parameter is set to MULTI_RET.

Polar Type POLART - This parameter is set to


YPE DUAL.

Antenna SCENARI This parameter specifies how the If only one RET
Scenario O RET antenna is connected to an antenna is scanned on a
RRU or RFU. control port, this
l Set this parameter to parameter is set to
REGULAR if the RET antenna REGULAR.
is directly connected to the RRU If multiple RET
or RFU. In this scenario, antennas are scanned on
VENDORCODE and a control port, this
SERIALNO parameters do not parameter is set to
need to be specified. DAISY_CHAIN.
l Set this parameter to
DAISY_CHAIN when two RET
antennas are cascaded. In this
scenario, the control port for
RET antennas must be
configured on the upper-level
RRU or RFU of the daisy chain.
The VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 151


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Automatic


Name r ID Configuration

Vendor VENDOR Set this parameter based on the These parameters are
Code CODE manufacturer information, for set based on the ALD
example, KA for a Kathrein RET scanning results.
antenna, AN for an Andrew RET
antenna, or HW for a Huawei
Agisson RET antenna.
This parameter is mandatory in
daisy chain scenarios.

Serial No. SERIALN Set this parameter according to the These parameters are
O antenna serial number. set based on the ALD
This parameter is mandatory in scanning results.
daisy chain scenarios.

Table 10-13 Key parameters for configuring the RETSUBUNIT MO


Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Automatic
Name r ID Configuration

Device No. DEVICE Device number of an RET antenna Device number of an


NO RET antenna

Subunit SUBUNI This parameter specifies the RET The system


No. TNO subunit number, which starts from 1. automatically allocates
subunit numbers with
no duplicates.

Subunit SUBNAM This parameter specifies the name of This parameter must be
Name E the RET subunit. The name of the manually configured.
RET subunit is optional, but the
name configured for each RET
subunit must be unique.

Connect CONNCN - l If single-antenna


Port 1 1 RET antennas are
Cabinet used and the RET
No. antennas are not in
daisy chain mode,
Connect CONNSR connection port 1 is
Port 1 N1 set to R0A on the
Subrack RRU where the
No. control port is
Connect CONNSN located, and
Port 1 Slot 1 connection port 2 is
No. set to R0B on the
RRU where the
control port is
located.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 152


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Automatic


Name r ID Configuration

Connect CONNPN l If a multi-antenna


Port 1 Port 1 RET antenna is used
No. or if single-antenna
RET antennas work
Connect CONNCN in daisy chain mode,
Port 2 2 neither connection
Cabinet port 1 nor
No. connection port 2 is
set.
Connect CONNSR
Port 2 N2
Subrack
No.

Connect CONNSN
Port 2 Slot 2
No.

Connect CONNPN
Port 2 Port 2
No.

Tilt TILT - This parameter is set to


the actual RET antenna
downtilt obtained from
the output of the DSP
RETSUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

For a GBTS, Table 10-14 and Table 10-15 describe the parameters for configuring the RET
and RETSUBUNIT MOs, respectively.

Table 10-14 Key parameters for configuring the RET MO


Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Automatic
Name r ID Configuration

Device No. DEVICE The device number of each ALD in The system
NO a base station must be unique. Note automatically allocates
that the RET antenna's DEVICENO device numbers with no
must be different from the TMA's. duplicates.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 153


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Automatic


Name r ID Configuration

Device DEVICE This parameter identifies an RET The format of the


Name NAME antenna. device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number.

Control CTRLPO These parameters specify location These parameters are


Port RTCN information about the control port set based on the ALD
Cabinet for an RET antenna, including the scanning results.
No. cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU or RFU
Control CTRLPO where the control port is located.
Port RTSRN
Subrack
No.

Control CTRLPO
Port Slot RTSN
No.

Control CTRLPO Control port number. The value These parameters are
Port No. RTNO ranges from 0 to 2. Control ports 0, set based on the ALD
1, and 2 correspond to the ports scanning results.
ANT_A, ANT_B, and RETPORT,
respectively. Only one port on the
RRU or RFU can be used as the
control port for the RET antenna. In
a daisy chain scenario, multiple
RCUs share one control port.

RETType RETTYP Set this parameter as follows: These parameters are


E l Set this parameter to set based on the ALD
SINGLE_RET for the RET scanning results.
antenna with a single RET
subunit.
l Set this parameter to
MULTI_RET for the RET
antenna with multiple RET
subunits.

Number of SUBUNI Number of RET subunits used by a These parameters are


RET TNUM base station. set based on the ALD
Subunits Set this parameter if the RETTYPE scanning results.
parameter is set to MULTI_RET.

Polar Type POLART - This parameter is set to


YPE DUAL.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 154


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Automatic


Name r ID Configuration

Antenna SCENARI This parameter specifies how the If only one RET
Scenario O RET antenna is connected to an antenna is scanned on a
RRU or RFU. control port, this
l Set this parameter to parameter is set to
REGULAR if the RET antenna REGULAR.
is directly connected to the RRU If multiple RET
or RFU. In this scenario, antennas are scanned on
VENDORCODE and a control port, this
SERIALNO parameters do not parameter is set to
need to be specified. DAISY_CHAIN.
l Set this parameter to
DAISY_CHAIN when two RET
antennas are cascaded. In this
scenario, the control port for
RET antennas must be
configured on the upper-level
RRU or RFU of the daisy chain.
The VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified.

Vendor VENDOR Set this parameter based on the These parameters are
Code CODE manufacturer information, for set based on the ALD
example, KA for a Kathrein RET scanning results.
antenna, AN for an Andrew RET
antenna, or HW for a Huawei
Agisson RET antenna.
This parameter is mandatory in
daisy chain scenarios.

Serial No. SERIALN Set this parameter according to the These parameters are
O antenna serial number. set based on the ALD
This parameter is mandatory in scanning results.
daisy chain scenarios.

Table 10-15 Key parameters for configuring the RETSUBUNIT MO


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

Device No. DEVICEN Device number of an RET antenna Device number of an


O RET antenna

SubUnit SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the RET The system


No. NO subunit number, which starts from automatically allocates
1. subunit numbers with
no duplicates.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 155


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Connect CONNCN - l If single-antenna


Port 1 1 RET antennas are
Cabinet used and the RET
No. antennas are not in
daisy chain mode,
Connect CONNSR connection port 1 is
Port 1 N1 set to 0 (ANT_A)
Subrack on the RRU where
No. the control port is
Connect CONNSN1 located, and
Port 1 Slot connection port 2 is
No. set to 1 (ANT_B) on
the RRU where the
Connect CONNPN1 control port is
Port 1 Port located.
No. l If a multi-antenna
RET antenna is used
Connect CONNCN
or if single-antenna
Port 2 2
RET antennas work
Cabinet
in daisy chain mode,
No.
neither connection
Connect CONNSR port 1 nor
Port 2 N2 connection port 2 is
Subrack set.
No.

Connect CONNSN2
Port 2 Slot
No.

Connect CONNPN2
Port 2 Port
No.

Tilt TILT - This parameter is set to


(0.1degree) the actual RET antenna
downtilt obtained from
the output of the DSP
RETSUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

Configuring the TMA and TMASUBUNIT MOs


After a TMA is scanned, the system automatically configures the TMA and TMASUBUNIT
MOs.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 156


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-16 and Table 10-17 describe the parameters for
configuring the TMA and TMASUBUNIT MOs, respectively.

Table 10-16 Key parameters for configuring the TMA MO


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

Device No. DEVICEN The device number of each ALD in The system
O a base station must be unique. Note automatically allocates
that the TMA's DEVICENO must device numbers with no
be different from the RET antenna's. duplicates.

Device DEVICEN This parameter identifies an RET The format of the


Name AME antenna. device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number.

Control CTRLCN These parameters specify location These parameters are


Port information about the control port set based on the ALD
Cabinet for an RET antenna, including the scanning results.
No. cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU or RFU
Control CTRLSRN where the control port is located.
Port Set these parameters based on
Subrack connections between the TMA and
No. the RRU or RFU.
Control CTRLSN
Port Slot
No.

Number of SUBUNIT Set this parameter based on the site These parameters are
TMA NUM conditions. Generally, this set based on the ALD
Subunits parameter is set to 2. scanning results.

Vendor VENDOR This parameter is mandatory in a These parameters are


Code CODE non-regular scenario. Set this set based on the ALD
parameter to the actual TMA scanning results.
manufacturer code.

Serial No. SERIALN This parameter is mandatory in a These parameters are


O non-regular scenario. Set this set based on the ALD
parameter to the actual TMA serial scanning results.
number.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 157


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Table 10-17 Key parameters for configuring the TMASUBUNIT MO


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

Device No. DEVICEN Device number of a TMA Device number of a


O TMA

Subunit SUBUNIT Number of a TMA subunit The system


No. NO automatically allocates
subunit numbers with
no duplicates.

Connect CONNCN - l If the number of


Port TMA subunits is 2,
Cabinet connection port 1 is
No. set to R0A on the
RRU where the
Connect CONNSR control port is
Port N located, and
Subrack connection port 2 is
No. set to R0B on the
Connect CONNSN RRU where the
Port Slot control port is
No. located.
l If the number of
Connect CONNPN TMA subunits is not
Port No. 2, connection ports
are not set.

Mode MODE The TMA subunit supports two This parameter is set to
working modes: normal mode and the actual working
bypass mode: mode of the TMA
l In normal mode, the TMA subunit obtained from
subunit functions and the TMA the output of the DSP
amplifies uplink signals. TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
l In bypass mode, the TMA automatically executed
subunit works as a straight- by the system.
through feeder. It does not
amplify uplink signals. The
default value is NORMAL.

Gain GAIN Set this parameter based on the This parameter is set to
engineering design. The gain value the actual gain of the
range supported by the TMA varies TMA subunit obtained
according to the manufacturer and from the output of the
model. Run the DSP DSP TMASUBUNIT
TMADEVICEDATA command to command, which is
query the value range before setting automatically executed
the gain. by the system.
If the gain is fixed, this parameter is
optional, or you can set this
parameter to its actual gain value.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 158


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

For a GBTS, Table 10-18 and Table 10-19 describe the parameters for configuring the TMA
and TMASUBUNIT MOs, respectively.

Table 10-18 Key parameters for configuring the TMA MO

Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Automatic


Name r ID Configuration

Device No. DEVICE The device number of each ALD in The system
NO a base station must be unique. Note automatically allocates
that the TMA's DEVICENO must device numbers with no
be different from the RET antenna's. duplicates.

Device DEVICE This parameter identifies an RET The format of the


Name NAME antenna. device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number.

TMA PWRSUP - This parameter is set to


Power PLYTYPE the default value
Supply SINGLE_PORT_PO
Type WER.

Control CTRLPO These parameters specify location These parameters are


Port RTCN information about the control port, set based on the ALD
Cabinet including the cabinet number, scanning results.
No. subrack number, and slot number of
the RRU or RFU where the control
Control CTRLPO port is located for an RET antenna.
Port RTSRN Set these parameters based on
Subrack control relationship between the
No. TMA and the RRU or RFU.
Control CTRLPO
Port Slot RTSN
No.

Number of SUBUNI Set this parameter based on the site These parameters are
TMA TNUM conditions. Generally, the value is 2. set based on the ALD
Subunits scanning results.

Vendor VENDOR - These parameters are


code CODE set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Serial No. SERIALN - These parameters are


O set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 159


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Table 10-19 Key parameters for configuring the TMASUBUNIT MO


Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Automatic
Name r ID Configuration

Device No. DEVICE Device number of a TMA Device number of a


NO TMA

SubUnit SUBUNI Number of a TMA subunit The system


No. TNO automatically allocates
subunit numbers with
no duplicates.

Connect CONNCN - l If the number of


Port TMA subunits is 2,
Cabinet connection port 1 is
No. set to 0 (ANT_A) on
the RRU where the
Connect CONNSR control port is
Port N located, and
Subrack connection port 2 is
No. set to 1 (ANT_B) on
Connect CONNSN the RRU where the
Port Slot control port is
No. located.
l If the number of
Connect CONNPN TMA subunits is not
Port Port 2, connection ports
No. are not set.

Mode MODE The TMA subunit supports two This parameter is set to
working modes, normal mode and the actual working
bypass modes: mode of the TMA
l In normal mode, the TMA subunit obtained from
subunit functions and the TMA the output of the DSP
amplifies uplink signals. TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
l In bypass mode, the TMA automatically executed
subunit works as a straight- by the system.
through feeder. It does not
amplify uplink signals. The
default value is NORMAL.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 160


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Automatic


Name r ID Configuration

Gain GAIN Set this parameter based on the This parameter is set to
(0.25db) engineering design. The gain value the actual gain of the
range supported by the TMA varies TMA subunit obtained
according to the manufacturer and from the output of the
model. Run the DSP DSP TMASUBUNIT
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command, which is
command to query the value range automatically executed
before setting the gain. If the gain is by the system.
fixed, this parameter is optional, or
you can set this parameter to its
actual gain value.

Configuring the RX Channel Attenuation


You need to configure the correspondingRX channel attenuation after MODE and GAIN have
been configured for the TMASUBUNIT MO.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-20 describes the parameters for configuring the RX
channel attenuation.

Table 10-20 Key parameters for configuring the RX channel attenuation


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

RX RXNO RX channel number of the RRU or RX channel number of


Channel RFU. port 0 is set to that of
No. RF port R0A and RX
channel number of port
1 is set to that of RF
port R0B.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 161


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Attenuatio ATTEN l If no TMA is used, set this l If the number of


n parameter to 0. TMA subunits is 2,
l If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this this parameter is set
parameter to a value within the to
range from 4 dB to 11 dB. TMASUBUNIT.G
AIN minus 4 for
l If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this TMA subunits
parameter to a value within the working in normal
range from 11 dB to 22 dB. mode or to the
default value 0 for
TMA subunits
working in bypass
mode.
l If the number of
TMA subunits is not
2, this parameter is
not set.

For a GBTS, Table 10-21 describes the parameters for configuring the RX channel
attenuation.

Table 10-21 Key parameters for configuring the RX channel attenuation

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Antenna HAVETT1 This parameter specifies whether a Antenna tributary 1 is


Tributary 1 TMA is connected to RF port the RX channel on port
Flag ANT_A. If a TMA is connected, 0 (ANT_A). Antenna
set this parameter to YES. tributary 2 is the RX
channel on port 1
Antenna ATTENFA Set this parameter based on the site (ANT_A).
Tributary 1 CTOR1 conditions after the TMA is
Factor installed. This parameter can be set l If the number of
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is TMA subunits is 2,
set to DRRU or DRFU. the RX channel
attenuation is set to
Antenna MRRUAT Set this parameter based on the site either of the
Tributary 1 TENFACT conditions after the TMA is following values:
Factor OR1 installed. This parameter can be set l TMASUBUNIT.GA
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is IN minus 4: The
not set to a value other than DRRU TMA subunits are
or DRFU. working in normal
Antenna HAVETT2 This parameter specifies whether a mode.
Tributary 2 TMA is connected to RF port l 0 (default value):
Flag ANT_B. If a TMA is connected, set The TMA subunits
this parameter to YES. are working in

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 162


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Antenna ATTENFA Set this parameter based on the site bypass mode and the
Tributary 2 CTOR2 conditions after the TMA is antenna tributary
Factor installed. This parameter can be set flag is set to Yes.
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is l If the number of
set to DRRU or DRFU. TMA subunits is not
2, the RX channel
Antenna MRRUAT Set this parameter based on the site
attenuation is not
Tributary 2 TENFACT conditions after the TMA is
set.
Factor OR2 installed. This parameter can be set
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is
set to a value other than DRRU or
DRFU.

Multimode Base Station ALD Automatic Configuration


If an RRU or RFU connected to ALDs works in multiple modes, the system uses the
following rules when implementing ALD automatic deployment:
l Parameters related to the ALD power switch and RX channel attenuation of the RRU or
RFU must be set to the same values in modes that manage the RRU or RFU.
l ALD parameters other than the preceding ones must be configured only in one of all
modes that manage the RRU or RFU.
The mode can be selected on the U2000 AMS client by choosing Configuration > MBTS
Management > MBTS Priority Settings. A mode of a higher priority is preferred.
Therefore, you need to set mode priorities before ALD automatic deployment.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 163


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

11 Parameters

Table 11-1 Parameters


Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description
ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SCENA BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the connection scenario of the
RIO 0, RET 210601 ion with antenna. This parameter must be set based on the
BTS390 MOD MRFD- TMA hardware installation. The vendor code and serial
0 RET 210602 (Tower number of the device must be correctly configured in
WCDM Mounte a non-regular scenario. This parameter can be set to
A, LST WRFD- d REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN,
BTS390 RET 060003 Amplifi SECTOR_SPLITTING, or 2G_EXTENSION.
0 LTE LOFD-0 er) GUI Value Range: REGULAR(REGULAR),
01024 / Remote DAISY_CHAIN(DAISY_CHAIN),
TDLOF Electrica SECTOR_SPLITTING(SECTOR_SPLITTING),
D-00102 l Tilt 2G_EXTENSION(2G_EXTENSION)
4 Same Unit: None
Band Actual Value Range: REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN,
Antenna SECTOR_SPLITTING, 2G_EXTENSION
Sharing
Unit Default Value: None
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 164


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

MODE BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the working mode of the TMA
0, TMASU 210601 ion with subunit. If the TMA subunit works in BYPASS mode,
BTS390 BUNIT WRFD- TMA it does not amplify the uplink signals. If this
0 LST 060003 (Tower parameter is set to DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE, it is
WCDM TMASU Mounte invalid and the actual mode is not changed.
A, BUNIT d GUI Value Range: NORMAL(NORMAL),
BTS390 Amplifi BYPASS(BYPASS),
0 LTE er) DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE(DEVICE_DEFAULT_
Same VALUE)
Band Unit: None
Antenna
Sharing Actual Value Range: NORMAL, BYPASS,
Unit DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE
(900Mh Default Value: NORMAL(NORMAL)
z)

DCSWI BTS390 ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the status of the DC power supply
TCH 0, SASU switch for the antenna port. The value range of this
BTS390 MOD parameter is BS (GSM antenna power supply), UMTS
0 SASU (UMTS antenna power supply), or OFF (Off),
WCDM DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE (Device default value).
A LST If this parameter is set to
SASU DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE, it is invalid and the
actual DCLoad switch is not changed. When the
SASU is connected to a TMA, this parameter must be
set to BS or UMTS. Otherwise, this parameter is set to
OFF.
GUI Value Range: BS(BS), UMTS(UMTS),
OFF(OFF),
DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE(DEVICE_DEFAULT_
VALUE)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BS, UMTS, OFF,
DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE
Default Value: OFF(OFF)

DCLOA BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the DC-powered load of the SASU
D 0, SASUS subunit. If this parameter is set to 65535, it is invalid
BTS390 UBUNI and the actual DC load is not changed.
0 T GUI Value Range: 0~50,65535
WCDM LST
A Unit: 20mA
SASUS
UBUNI Actual Value Range: 0~1000,1310700, step:20
T Default Value: 65535

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 165


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

MODE BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the working mode of an SASU. If
0, SASUS this parameter is set to DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE,
BTS390 UBUNI it is invalid and the actual mode is not changed.
0 T GUI Value Range: NORMAL(NORMAL),
WCDM LST BYPASS(BYPASS),
A SASUS DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE(DEVICE_DEFAULT_
UBUNI VALUE)
T Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NORMAL, BYPASS,
DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE
Default Value: NORMAL(NORMAL)

RETTY BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the antenna type. This parameter
PE 0, RET 210601 ion with can be set to SINGLE_RET or MULTI_RET.
BTS390 MOD MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: SINGLE_RET(SINGLE_RET),
0 RET 210602 (Tower MULTI_RET(MULTI_RET)
WCDM Mounte
A, MOD WRFD- d Unit: None
BTS390 RETTIL 060003 Amplifi Actual Value Range: SINGLE_RET, MULTI_RET
0 LTE T er)
LOFD-0 Default Value: None
LST 01024 / Remote
RET TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 166


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

VENDO BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.
RCODE 0, RET 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA
0 (Tower Unit: None
RET 060003
WCDM Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
A, LST LOFD-0 d
RET Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS390 01024 / Amplifi
0 LTE TDLOF er)
D-00102 Same
4 Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SERIAL BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The
NO 0, RET 210601 ion with vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA an ALD.
0 RET 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
WCDM Mounte
A, LST LOFD-0 d Unit: None
BTS390 RET 01024 / Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
0 LTE TDLOF er) Default Value: NULL(empty string)
D-00102 Same
4 Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 167


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU
0, RETPO where the RET port is located.
BTS390 RT GUI Value Range: 0
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RETPO
A, RT Actual Value Range: 0
BTS390 Default Value: None
0 LTE MOD
RETPO
RT

SRN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU
0, RETPO where the RET port is located.
BTS390 RT GUI Value Range: 60~254
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RETPO
A, RT Actual Value Range: 60~254
BTS390 Default Value: None
0 LTE MOD
RETPO
RT

SN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU where
0, RETPO the RET port is located.
BTS390 RT GUI Value Range: 0
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RETPO
A, RT Actual Value Range: 0
BTS390 Default Value: None
0 LTE MOD
RETPO
RT

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 168


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

PN BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET port on an
0, RETPO 210601 ion with RRU. This parameter is set to RET_PORT.
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: RET_PORT(RET_PORT)
0 LST 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
RETPO WRFD-
A, RT d Actual Value Range: RET_PORT
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
MOD Default Value: None
0 LTE LOFD-0 er)
RETPO
RT 01024 / Remote
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

PWRS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the state of the ALD power supply
WITCH 0, RETPO 210601 ion with switch. If SINGLE_RET(Single-antenna Remote
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET(Multi-antenna
0 LST 210602 (Tower Remote Electrical Tilt Unit) or RAE(Remote
WCDM RETPO Mounte eAntenna Extension) is used, the ALD power supply
A, WRFD- d switch must be set to ON. In actual running, the RRU
RT 060003
BTS390 Amplifi automatically sets this switch to OFF for an RET port
0 LTE LOFD-0 er) when the ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
01024 / Remote Abnormal alarm is reported due to overcurrent,
TDLOF Electrica overcurrent protection, or undercurrent protection (the
D-00102 l Tilt RRU supports undercurrent protection and Low
4 Current Protect Switch is set to ON for the RRU) on
Same the RET port. For details, see ALM-26530 RF Module
Band ALD Current Abnormal.
Antenna
Sharing GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)
Unit Unit: None
(900Mh Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
z)
Default Value: OFF(OFF)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 169


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

THRES BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the type of the ALD current alarm
HOLDT 0, RETPO threshold. The current alarm threshold for the ALDs
YPE BTS390 RT (excluding user-defined ALDs), that is, for RET
0 LST antennas only (multi-wire cable), must be selected
WCDM RETPO according to the ALD type. The Undercurrent Alarm
A, RT Occur Threshold is 10 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm
BTS390 Clear Threshold is 15 mA, the Overcurrent Alarm
0 LTE Occur Threshold is 150 mA, and the Overcurrent
Alarm Clear Threshold is 120 mA. This parameter can
be set to UER_SELF_DEFINE or
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.
GUI Value Range:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED),
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE(RET_ONLY_MULTICO
RE)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE,
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE
Default Value:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED)

UOTHD BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm occur
0, RETPO 210601 ion with threshold. When the ALD current value is smaller
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA than this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD
0 LST 210602 (Tower Current Out of Range alarm is reported. The specific
WCDM RETPO Mounte problem is undercurrent.
A, WRFD- d
RT 060003 GUI Value Range: 0~3500
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE er) Unit: mA
LOFD-0
01024 / Remote Actual Value Range: 0~3500
TDLOF Electrica Default Value: 40
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 170


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

UCTHD BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm clear
0, RETPO 210601 ion with threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA this threshold, the ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current
0 LST 210602 (Tower Out of Range alarm is cleared.
WCDM RETPO Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~3500
A, WRFD- d
RT 060003 Unit: mA
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE LOFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: 0~3500
01024 / Remote Default Value: 60
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

OOTHD BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm occur
0, RETPO 210601 ion with threshold. When the overcurrent alarm occur threshold
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA is lower than the maximum current supported by the
0 LST 210602 (Tower hardware, the overcurrent alarm occur threshold
WCDM RETPO Mounte prevails. When the ALD current value is greater than
A, WRFD- d this threshold, ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out
RT 060003
BTS390 Amplifi of Range is reported and the specific problem is
0 LTE LOFD-0 er) overcurrent.When the overcurrent alarm occur
01024 / Remote threshold is higher than the maximum current
TDLOF Electrica supported by the hardware, the maximum current
D-00102 l Tilt supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
4 alarm threshold. When the ALD current value is the
Same same as or greater than the maximum current
Band supported by the hardware, ALM-26530 RF Unit
Antenna ALD Current Out of Range is reported and the
Sharing specific problem is overcurrent protection.
Unit
(900Mh GUI Value Range: 0~3500
z) Unit: mA
Remote Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Electrica Default Value: 185
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 171


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

OCTHD BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm clear
0, RETPO 210601 ion with threshold. When the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA is lower than the maximum current supported by the
0 LST 210602 (Tower hardware, the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
WCDM RETPO Mounte prevails. When the ALD current value is lower than
A, WRFD- d this threshold, ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out
RT 060003
BTS390 Amplifi of Range is cleared.When the overcurrent alarm clear
0 LTE LOFD-0 er) threshold is higher than the maximum current
01024 / Remote supported by the hardware, the maximum current
TDLOF Electrica supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
D-00102 l Tilt alarm threshold. When the ALD current value is lower
4 than the maximum current supported by the hardware,
Same ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range is
Band cleared.
Antenna
Sharing GUI Value Range: 0~3500
Unit Unit: mA
(900Mh Actual Value Range: 0~3500
z)
Default Value: 155
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD.
ENO 0, RET 210601 ion with The device number of the ALD must be unique.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~125
0 ALDSW 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DSP LOFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 ALDVE 01024 / Amplifi Default Value: None
0 LTE R TDLOF er)
DSP D-00102 Same
RET 4 Band
LST Antenna
RET Sharing
Unit
MOD (900Mh
RET z)
RMV
Remote
RET
Electrica
RST l Tilt
ALD Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 172


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD,
ENAME 0, RET 210601 ion with which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA set the device name in the following format:
0 RET 060003 (Tower sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
WCDM Mounte parts are as follows: Sector: indicates the number of
A, DSP LOFD-0 d the sector. Device type: indicates the type of currently
BTS390 ALDVE 01024 / Amplifi connected device. It can be SINGLE_RET (Single-
0 LTE R TDLOF er) antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET
DSP D-00102 Same (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), TMA
RAEDE 4 Band (Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band
VICED Antenna Antenna Sharing Unit), or RAE (Remote eAntenna
ATA Sharing Extension). Network type: indicates whether the
DSP Unit current ALD is used for a 2G network or 3G/LTE
RAEFU (900Mh network. The device name is optional, but the device
NCTIO z) name configured for each ALD must be unique.
N GUI Value Range: 0~83 characters
Remote
DSP Electrica Unit: None
RAESU l Tilt Actual Value Range: 0~83 characters
BUNIT Control Default Value: NULL(empty string)
DSP
RET
DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
DSP
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
RET

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 173


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N 0, RET 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~62
0 ALDSW 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DLD LOFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 0~62
BTS390 RETCF 01024 / Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: 0
0 LTE TDLOF er)
DSP D-00102 Same
ALDVE 4 Band
R Antenna
MOD Sharing
RET Unit
RST (900Mh
ALD z)
SCN Remote
ALD Electrica
DSP l Tilt
RET Control
LST
RET

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN 0, RET 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
0 ALDSW 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DLD LOFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
BTS390 RETCF 01024 / Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: None
0 LTE TDLOF er)
DSP D-00102 Same
ALDVE 4 Band
R Antenna
MOD Sharing
RET Unit
RST (900Mh
ALD z)
SCN Remote
ALD Electrica
DSP l Tilt
RET Control
LST
RET

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 174


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N 0, RET 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~8
0 ALDSW 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DLD LOFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 0~8
BTS390 RETCF 01024 / Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: None
0 LTE TDLOF er)
DSP D-00102 Same
ALDVE 4 Band
R Antenna
MOD Sharing
RET Unit
RST (900Mh
ALD z)
SCN Remote
ALD Electrica
DSP l Tilt
RET Control
LST
RET

SUBUN BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of configured RET
ITNUM 0, RET 210601 ion with subunits.
BTS390 MOD MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 RET 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, LST WRFD- d Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 RET 060003 Amplifi Default Value: 1
0 LTE LOFD-0 er)
01024 / Remote
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 175


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

POLAR BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the polarization type of the
TYPE 0, RET 210601 ion with antenna. This parameter can be set to SINGLE or
BTS390 MOD MRFD- TMA DUAL.
0 RET 210602 (Tower GUI Value Range: SINGLE(SINGLE),
WCDM Mounte DUAL(DUAL)
A, LST WRFD- d
BTS390 RET 060003 Amplifi Unit: None
0 LTE LOFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: SINGLE, DUAL
01024 / Remote Default Value: DUAL(DUAL)
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

DEVIC BTS390 CLB LOFD-0 Remote Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RET.
ENO 0, RET 01024 / Electrica GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 DLD TDLOF l Tilt
0 D-00102 Control Unit: None
RETCF
WCDM GDATA 4 Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, Default Value: None
BTS390 DSP
0 LTE RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETTIL
T

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 176


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SUBUN BTS390 CLB LOFD-0 Remote Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET subunit,
ITNO 0, RET 01024 / Electrica which starts from 1.
BTS390 DLD TDLOF l Tilt GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 RETCF D-00102 Control
WCDM 4 Unit: None
GDATA
A, Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 DSP
RETSU Default Value: None
0 LTE
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETSU
BUNIT

CONNC BTS390 MOD LOFD-0 Remote Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N1 0, RETSU 01024 / Electrica RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT TDLOF l Tilt GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
0 LST D-00102 Control
WCDM 4 Unit: None
RETSU
A, BUNIT Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
BTS390 Default Value: 255
0 LTE

CONNS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN1 0, RETSU 210601 ion with RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
0 LST 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
RETSU WRFD-
A, BUNIT d Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
BTS390 060003 Amplifi Default Value: 255
0 LTE LOFD-0 er)
01024 / Remote
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 177


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N1 0, RETSU 210601 ion with RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
0 LST 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
RETSU WRFD-
A, BUNIT d Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
BTS390 060003 Amplifi Default Value: 255
0 LTE LOFD-0 er)
01024 / Remote
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

CONNP BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the port number of the RRU or
N1 0, RETSU 210601 ion with RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
0 LST 210602 (Tower R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
WCDM RETSU Mounte R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
A, WRFD- d
BUNIT 060003 Unit: None
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE LOFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
01024 / Remote R0F, R0G, R0H
TDLOF Electrica Default Value: R0A(R0A)
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 178


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNC BTS390 MOD LOFD-0 Remote Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N2 0, RETSU 01024 / Electrica RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
BTS390 BUNIT TDLOF l Tilt parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
0 LST D-00102 Control used.
WCDM RETSU 4 GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
A, BUNIT
BTS390 Unit: None
0 LTE Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
Default Value: 255

CONNS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN2 0, RETSU 210601 ion with RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
0 LST 210602 (Tower used.
WCDM RETSU Mounte GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
A, WRFD- d
BUNIT 060003 Unit: None
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE LOFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
01024 / Remote Default Value: 255
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 179


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N2 0, RETSU 210601 ion with RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
0 LST 210602 (Tower used.
WCDM RETSU Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
A, WRFD- d
BUNIT 060003 Unit: None
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE LOFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
01024 / Remote Default Value: 255
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

CONNP BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the port number of RRU or RFU
N2 0, RETSU 210601 ion with that is connected to antenna port 2. This parameter is
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA valid when a dual-polarized antenna is used.
0 LST 210602 (Tower GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
WCDM RETSU Mounte R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
A, WRFD- d
BUNIT 060003 R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE er) Unit: None
LOFD-0
01024 / Remote Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
TDLOF Electrica R0F, R0G, R0H
D-00102 l Tilt Default Value: R0B(R0B)
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 180


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

TILT BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the antenna tilt of the RET
0, RETSU 210601 ion with subunit. If this parameter is set to 32767, it is invalid
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA and the actual tilt is not changed.
0 MOD 210602 (Tower GUI Value Range: -100~300,32767
WCDM RETTIL Mounte
A, WRFD- d Unit: 0.1degree
T 060003
BTS390 Amplifi Actual Value Range: -10~30,3276.7, step:0.1
0 LTE LST er)
RETSU LOFD-0 Default Value: 32767
BUNIT 01024 / Remote
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

DEVIC BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RET.
ENO 0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: None
210602
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Default Value: None
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er)
MOD 01024 / Remote
RETDE TDLOF Electrica
VICED D-00102 l Tilt
ATA 4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 181


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SUBUN BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET subunit,
ITNO 0, RETDE 210601 ion with which starts from 1.
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
LST WRFD-
A, RETDE d Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
VICED Default Value: None
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er)
MOD 01024 / Remote
RETDE TDLOF Electrica
VICED D-00102 l Tilt
ATA 4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

MODEL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the model of the RET antenna
NO 0, RETDE 210601 ion with module.
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~15 characters
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
DSP WRFD-
A, RETDE d Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er)
LST 01024 / Remote
RETDE TDLOF Electrica
VICED D-00102 l Tilt
ATA 4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 182


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SERIAL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the RET
NO 0, RETDE 210601 ion with antenna module.
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~17 characters
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
DSP WRFD-
A, RETDE d Actual Value Range: 0~17 characters
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er)
LST 01024 / Remote
RETDE TDLOF Electrica
VICED D-00102 l Tilt
ATA 4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 183


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BAND1 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 210602 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
01024 / Remote Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
TDLOF Electrica Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
D-00102 l Tilt Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
4 Same Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
Band Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
Antenna Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
Sharing Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit Unit: None
(900Mh Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
z) Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Remote Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Electrica Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
l Tilt Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Control Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 184


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.
WIDTH 0, RETDE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
1 BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 210602 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Unit: degree
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
01024 / Remote Default Value: 0
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

GAIN1 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
210602
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er)
01024 / Remote
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 185


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BAND2 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 2 supported by the antenna.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 210602 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
01024 / Remote Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
TDLOF Electrica Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
D-00102 l Tilt Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
4 Same Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
Band Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
Antenna Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
Sharing Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit Unit: None
(900Mh Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
z) Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Remote Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Electrica Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
l Tilt Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Control Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 186


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 2.
WIDTH 0, RETDE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
2 BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 210602 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Unit: degree
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
01024 / Remote Default Value: 0
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

GAIN2 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 2.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
210602
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er)
01024 / Remote
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 187


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BAND3 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 3 supported by the antenna.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 210602 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
01024 / Remote Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
TDLOF Electrica Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
D-00102 l Tilt Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
4 Same Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
Band Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
Antenna Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
Sharing Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit Unit: None
(900Mh Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
z) Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Remote Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Electrica Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
l Tilt Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Control Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 188


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 3.
WIDTH 0, RETDE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
3 BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 210602 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Unit: degree
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
01024 / Remote Default Value: 0
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

GAIN3 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 3.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
210602
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er)
01024 / Remote
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 189


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BAND4 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 4 supported by the antenna.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 210602 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
01024 / Remote Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
TDLOF Electrica Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
D-00102 l Tilt Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
4 Same Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
Band Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
Antenna Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
Sharing Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit Unit: None
(900Mh Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
z) Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Remote Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Electrica Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
l Tilt Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Control Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 190


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 4.
WIDTH 0, RETDE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
4 BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 210602 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Unit: degree
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
01024 / Remote Default Value: 0
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

GAIN4 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 4.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
210602
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er)
01024 / Remote
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 191


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DATE BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is
0, RETDE 210601 ion with installed.
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~6 characters
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
DSP WRFD-
A, RETDE d Actual Value Range: 0~6 characters
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er)
LST 01024 / Remote
RETDE TDLOF Electrica
VICED D-00102 l Tilt
ATA 4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

INSTAL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation
LERID 0, RETDE 210601 ion with technician who installed the antenna.
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
DSP WRFD-
A, RETDE d Actual Value Range: 0~5 characters
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er)
LST 01024 / Remote
RETDE TDLOF Electrica
VICED D-00102 l Tilt
ATA 4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 192


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BSID BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the base station ID. AISG1.1-
0, RETDE 210601 ion with based RET antennas support a maximum length of 12
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA characters for the base station ID. If the input base
0 ATA 210602 (Tower station ID has more than 12 characters, only the first
WCDM DSP Mounte 12 characters are saved on the RET antenna.
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE er) Unit: None
ATA LOFD-0
01024 / Remote Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
LST
RETDE TDLOF Electrica Default Value: NULL(empty string)
VICED D-00102 l Tilt
ATA 4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SECTO BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the AISG sector ID. AISG1.1-
RID 0, RETDE 210601 ion with based RET antennas support a maximum sector ID
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA length of 4 characters. If the input sector ID has more
0 ATA 210602 (Tower than 4 characters, only the first 4 characters are saved
WCDM DSP Mounte on the RET antenna.
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE er) Unit: None
ATA LOFD-0
01024 / Remote Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
LST
RETDE TDLOF Electrica Default Value: NULL(empty string)
VICED D-00102 l Tilt
ATA 4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 193


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEARI BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the antenna azimuth.
NG 0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~359
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: degree
210602
WCDM DSP Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~359
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er)
LST 01024 / Remote
RETDE TDLOF Electrica
VICED D-00102 l Tilt
ATA 4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

TILT BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the mechanical tilt of the
0, RETDE 210601 ion with installation.
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: -100~300
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: 0.1degree
DSP WRFD-
A, RETDE d Actual Value Range: -10~30, step:0.1
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
VICED Default Value: 0
0 LTE ATA LOFD-0 er)
LST 01024 / Remote
RETDE TDLOF Electrica
VICED D-00102 l Tilt
ATA 4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 194


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CN BTS390 CFM None None Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
0, TMAC RFU where the antenna port is located.
BTS390 ONNEC GUI Value Range: 0~62
0 TION
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, ANTEN Actual Value Range: 0~62
BTS390 NAPOR Default Value: None
0 LTE T
LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

SRN BTS390 CFM None None Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
0, TMAC RFU where the antenna port is located.
BTS390 ONNEC GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
0 TION
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, ANTEN Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
BTS390 NAPOR Default Value: None
0 LTE T
LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 195


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SN BTS390 CFM None None Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
0, TMAC RFU where the antenna port is located.
BTS390 ONNEC GUI Value Range: 0~8
0 TION
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, ANTEN Actual Value Range: 0~8
BTS390 NAPOR Default Value: None
0 LTE T
LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

PN BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning:


0, ANTEN 210601 ion with Indicates the number of the antenna port on the RRU
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA or RFU.For the RRU that works in TDD mode and
0 T 210602 (Tower has eight channels to be connected to the antenna, the
WCDM LST Mounte service channels are ANT1 to ANT8 and the
A, WRFD- d
ANTEN 060003 corresponding ports on the antenna are R0A to R0H.
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi
0 LTE T LOFD-0 er) For the RRU that works in TDD mode and does not
01024 / Remote have eight channels or the RRU that works in FDD
MOD mode, the service channels are named from ANT0 and
ANTEN TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt the corresponding port on the antenna is R0A.
NAPOR
T 4 Same GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
Band R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
CFM R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
TMAC Antenna
ONNEC Sharing Unit: None
TION Unit Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
(900Mh R0F, R0G, R0H
z)
Default Value: None
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 196


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

PWRS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the state of the ALD power supply
WITCH 0, ANTEN 210601 ion with switch. The ALD power supply switches for the
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA SINGLE_RET (Single-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt
0 T 210602 (Tower Unit), MULTI_RET (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical
WCDM LST Mounte Tilt Unit), STMA (Smart Tower-mounted Amplifier),
A, WRFD- d SASU (Same-band Antenna Sharing Unit), or RAE
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi (Remote eAntenna Extension) must be set to ON. In
0 LTE T LOFD-0 er) actual running, the RRU/RFU automatically sets this
01024 / Remote switch to OFF for an Antenna port when the
TDLOF Electrica ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal
D-00102 l Tilt alarm is reported due to overcurrent, overcurrent
4 protection, or undercurrent protection (the RRU/RFU
Same supports undercurrent protection and Low Current
Band Protect Switch is set to ON for the RRU/RFU) on the
Antenna Antenna port. For details, see ALM-26530 RF Module
Sharing ALD Current Abnormal.
Unit
(900Mh GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)
z) Unit: None
Remote Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
Electrica Default Value: OFF(OFF)
l Tilt
Control

FEEDE BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the length of the feeder at the
RLENG 0, ANTEN 210601 ion with antenna port.
TH BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~1000(metric system);
0 T 210602 (Tower 0~3281(imperial system)
WCDM LST Mounte
A, WRFD- d Unit: m(metric system);ft(imperial system)
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~1000(metric system);
0 LTE T LOFD-0 er) 0~3281(imperial system)
01024 / Remote Default Value: 0(metric system);0(imperial system)
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 197


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DLDEL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the downlink delay of the antenna,
AY 0, ANTEN 210601 ion with that is, the propagation delay from the output port of
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA an RF unit to the antenna port. If no TMA is
0 T 210602 (Tower configured, this parameter is set to the propagation
WCDM LST Mounte delay of the feeder. In typical scenarios, the
A, WRFD- d transmission speed of signals in feeders is 0.88 times
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi the speed of light, and therefore the propagation delay
0 LTE T LOFD-0 er) of feeders can be calculated using the following
01024 / Remote formula: (feeder length x 10 x 100)/(3 x 88). In this
TDLOF Electrica formula, the propagation delay of feeders is in units of
D-00102 l Tilt ns and the feeder length is in units of m. If the TMA is
4 configured, the value of this parameter also includes
Same the delay of the TMA. For details about the delay of
Band the TMA, see the document provided by the TMA
Antenna manufacturer.
Sharing
Unit GUI Value Range: 0~100000
(900Mh Unit: ns
z) Actual Value Range: 0~100000
Remote Default Value: 100
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

ULDEL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the uplink delay of the antenna,
AY 0, ANTEN 210601 ion with that is, the propagation delay from the antenna port to
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA the input port of an RF unit. If no TMA is configured,
0 T 210602 (Tower this parameter is set to the propagation delay of the
WCDM LST Mounte feeder. In typical scenarios, the transmission speed of
A, WRFD- d signals in feeders is 0.88 times the speed of light, and
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi therefore the propagation delay of feeders can be
0 LTE T LOFD-0 er) calculated using the following formula: (feeder length
01024 / Remote x 10 x 100)/(3 x 88). In this formula, the propagation
TDLOF Electrica delay of feeders is in units of ns and the feeder length
D-00102 l Tilt is in units of m. If the TMA is configured, the value of
4 this parameter also includes the delay of the TMA.
Same For details about the delay of the TMA, see the
Band document provided by the TMA manufacturer.
Antenna
Sharing GUI Value Range: 0~100000
Unit Unit: ns
(900Mh Actual Value Range: 0~100000
z)
Default Value: 100
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 198


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

THRES BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the type of the ALD current alarm
HOLDT 0, ANTEN threshold. The current alarm thresholds for ALDs
YPE BTS390 NAPOR (excluding user-defined ALDs) must be selected
0 T according to the ALD type and connection mode. For
WCDM LST 12 dB non-AISG TMAs only: the Undercurrent Alarm
A, ANTEN Occur Threshold is 30 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm
BTS390 NAPOR Clear Threshold is 40 mA, the Overcurrent Occur
0 LTE T Alarm Threshold is 170 mA, and the Overcurrent
Alarm Clear Threshold is 150 mA. For 24 dB non-
AISG TMAs only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur
Threshold is 40 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 60 mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm
Threshold is 310 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold is 280 mA. For RET (coaxial) only:
the Undercurrent Alarm Occur Threshold is 25 mA,
the Undercurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 33 mA,
the Overcurrent Occur Alarm Threshold is 150 mA,
and the Overcurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 120
mA. For 12 dB TMA and RET or 12 dB TMA (AISG)
only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur Threshold is 30
mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 40
mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm Threshold is 450
mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is
400 mA. For 24 dB TMA and RET or 24 dB TMA
(AISG) only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur
Threshold is 40 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 60 mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm
Threshold is 850 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold is 750 mA. This parameter can be set
to UER_SELF_DEFINE,
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL, TMA12DB_AISG, or
TMA24DB_AISG.
GUI Value Range:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED),
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG(TMA12DB_ONLY_
NON_AISG),
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG(TMA24DB_ONLY_
NON_AISG),
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL(RET_ONLY_COAXIAL),
TMA12DB_AISG(TMA12DB_AISG),
TMA24DB_AISG(TMA24DB_AISG)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE,
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 199


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RET_ONLY_COAXIAL, TMA12DB_AISG,
TMA24DB_AISG
Default Value:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED)

UOTHD BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm occur
0, ANTEN 210601 ion with threshold. When the ALD current value is smaller
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA than this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD
0 T 210602 (Tower Current Out of Range alarm is reported. The specific
WCDM LST Mounte problem is undercurrent.
A, WRFD- d
ANTEN 060003 GUI Value Range: 0~3500
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi
0 LTE er) Unit: mA
T LOFD-0
01024 / Remote Actual Value Range: 0~3500
TDLOF Electrica Default Value: 40
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 200


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

UCTHD BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm clear
0, ANTEN 210601 ion with threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA this threshold, the ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current
0 T 210602 (Tower Out of Range alarm is cleared.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~3500
A, WRFD- d
ANTEN 060003 Unit: mA
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi
0 LTE T LOFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: 0~3500
01024 / Remote Default Value: 60
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

OOTHD BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm occur
0, ANTEN 210601 ion with threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current
0 T 210602 (Tower Out of Range alarm is reported. The specific problem
WCDM LST Mounte is overcurrent. When the overcurrent alarm occur
A, WRFD- d threshold is lower than the maximum current
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi supported by the hardware, the overcurrent alarm
0 LTE T LOFD-0 er) occur threshold prevails. When the overcurrent alarm
01024 / Remote occur threshold is higher than the maximum current
TDLOF Electrica supported by the hardware, the maximum current
D-00102 l Tilt supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
4 alarm occur threshold.
Same
Band GUI Value Range: 0~3500
Antenna Unit: mA
Sharing Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Unit
(900Mh Default Value: 185
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 201


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

OCTHD BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm clear
0, ANTEN 210601 ion with threshold. When the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA is lower than the maximum current supported by the
0 T 210602 (Tower hardware, the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
WCDM LST Mounte prevails. When the ALD current value is lower than
A, WRFD- d this threshold, ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi of Range is cleared. When the overcurrent alarm clear
0 LTE T LOFD-0 er) threshold is higher than the maximum current
01024 / Remote supported by the hardware, the maximum current
TDLOF Electrica supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
D-00102 l Tilt alarm clear threshold. When the ALD current value is
4 lower than the maximum current supported by the
Same hardware, ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of
Band Range is cleared.
Antenna
Sharing GUI Value Range: 0~3500
Unit Unit: mA
(900Mh Actual Value Range: 0~3500
z)
Default Value: 155
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD.
ENO 0, TMA 210601 ion with The device number of the ALD must be unique.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~125
0 ALDSW 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DSP LOFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 ALDVE 01024 / Amplifi Default Value: None
0 LTE R TDLOF er)
DSP D-00102 Same
TMA 4 Band
LST Antenna
TMA Sharing
Unit
MOD (900Mh
TMA z)
RMV
Remote
TMA
Electrica
RST l Tilt
ALD Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 202


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD,
ENAME 0, TMA 210601 ion with which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA set the device name in the following format:
0 TMA 060003 (Tower sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
WCDM Mounte parts are as follows: Sector: indicates the number of
A, DSP LOFD-0 d the sector. Device type: indicates the type of currently
BTS390 ALDVE 01024 / Amplifi connected device. It can be SINGLE_RET (Single-
0 LTE R TDLOF er) antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET
DSP D-00102 Same (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), TMA
RAEDE 4 Band (Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band
VICED Antenna Antenna Sharing Unit), or RAE (Remote eAntenna
ATA Sharing Extension). Network type: indicates whether the
DSP Unit current ALD is used for a 2G network or 3G/LTE
RAEFU (900Mh network. The device name is optional, but the device
NCTIO z) name configured for each ALD must be unique.
N GUI Value Range: 0~83 characters
Remote
DSP Electrica Unit: None
RAESU l Tilt Actual Value Range: 0~83 characters
BUNIT Control Default Value: NULL(empty string)
DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
DSP
TMA
DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
DSP
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMA

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 203


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N 0, TMA 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~62
0 ALDSW 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DLD LOFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 0~62
BTS390 RETCF 01024 / Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: 0
0 LTE TDLOF er)
DSP D-00102 Same
ALDVE 4 Band
R Antenna
MOD Sharing
TMA Unit
RST (900Mh
ALD z)
SCN Remote
ALD Electrica
DSP l Tilt
TMA Control
LST
TMA

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN 0, TMA 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
0 ALDSW 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DLD LOFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
BTS390 RETCF 01024 / Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: None
0 LTE TDLOF er)
DSP D-00102 Same
ALDVE 4 Band
R Antenna
MOD Sharing
TMA Unit
RST (900Mh
ALD z)
SCN Remote
ALD Electrica
DSP l Tilt
TMA Control
LST
TMA

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 204


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N 0, TMA 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~8
0 ALDSW 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DLD LOFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 0~8
BTS390 RETCF 01024 / Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: None
0 LTE TDLOF er)
DSP D-00102 Same
ALDVE 4 Band
R Antenna
MOD Sharing
TMA Unit
RST (900Mh
ALD z)
SCN Remote
ALD Electrica
DSP l Tilt
TMA Control
LST
TMA

SUBUN BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of configured TMA
ITNUM 0, TMA 210601 ion with subunits.
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 TMA 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, LST d Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 TMA Amplifi Default Value: None
0 LTE er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 205


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

VENDO BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.
RCODE 0, TMA 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA
0 (Tower Unit: None
TMA 060003
WCDM Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
A, LST LOFD-0 d
TMA Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS390 01024 / Amplifi
0 LTE TDLOF er)
D-00102 Same
4 Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SERIAL BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The
NO 0, TMA 210601 ion with vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA an ALD.
0 TMA 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
WCDM Mounte
A, LST LOFD-0 d Unit: None
BTS390 TMA 01024 / Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
0 LTE TDLOF er) Default Value: NULL(empty string)
D-00102 Same
4 Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 206


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the TMA.
ENO 0, TMASU 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 BUNIT WRFD- TMA
0 (Tower Unit: None
LST 060003
WCDM TMASU Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, BUNIT d Default Value: None
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE MOD er)
TMASU
BUNIT Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SUBUN BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the TMA subunit,
ITNO 0, TMASU 210601 ion with which starts from 1.
BTS390 BUNIT WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 LST 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
TMASU
A, BUNIT d Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 Amplifi Default Value: None
0 LTE MOD er)
TMASU
BUNIT Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

CONNC BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N 0, TMASU 210601 ion with RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
BTS390 BUNIT WRFD- TMA subunit is connected.
0 LST 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
WCDM TMASU Mounte
A, d Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
0 LTE er) Default Value: 255
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 207


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN 0, TMASU 210601 ion with RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
BTS390 BUNIT WRFD- TMA subunit is connected.
0 LST 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
WCDM TMASU Mounte
A, d Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Amplifi Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
0 LTE er) Default Value: 255
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

CONNS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N 0, TMASU 210601 ion with RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
BTS390 BUNIT WRFD- TMA subunit is connected.
0 LST 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
WCDM TMASU Mounte
A, d Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
0 LTE er) Default Value: 255
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

CONNP BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the antenna port to
N 0, TMASU 210601 ion with which the TMA subunit is connected.
BTS390 BUNIT WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
0 LST 060003 (Tower R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
WCDM TMASU Mounte R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
A, BUNIT d
BTS390 Amplifi Unit: None
0 LTE er) Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
Same R0F, R0G, R0H
Band Default Value: R0A(R0A)
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 208


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

GAIN BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of the TMA subunit. If
0, TMASU 210601 ion with this parameter is set to 255, it is invalid and the actual
BTS390 BUNIT WRFD- TMA gain is not changed.
0 LST 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~255
WCDM TMASU Mounte
A, d Unit: 0.25dB
BUNIT
BTS390 Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~63.75, step:0.25
0 LTE er) Default Value: 255
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

RXNO BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the RX channel of
0, RXBRA 210601 ion with the RRU or RFU.
BTS390 NCH MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~8
0 LST 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
RXBRA WRFD-
A, NCH d Actual Value Range: 0~8
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
MOD Default Value: None
0 LTE LOFD-0 er)
RXBRA
NCH 01024 / Remote
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 209


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RXSW BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the logical switch of the RX
0, RXBRA 210601 ion with channel of the RRU or RFU, which can be set to ON
BTS390 NCH MRFD- TMA or OFF. ON indicates that the logical switch of the RX
0 DSP 210602 (Tower channel is set to on and OFF indicates that the logical
WCDM RXBRA Mounte switch of the RX channel is set to off. This parameter
A, WRFD- d is set to ON by default. The switch can be set by
NCH 060003
BTS390 Amplifi running the MOD RXBRANCH command.
0 LTE LST er)
RXBRA LOFD-0 GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)
NCH 01024 / Remote Unit: None
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
4 Same Default Value: ON(ON)
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

ATTEN BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the attenuation of the RX channel
0, RXBRA 210601 ion with of the RRU or RFU.
BTS390 NCH MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~60
0 DSP 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: 0.5dB
RXBRA WRFD-
A, NCH d Actual Value Range: 0~30, step:0.5
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
LST Default Value: 0
0 LTE LOFD-0 er)
RXBRA
NCH 01024 / Remote
TDLOF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4 Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 210


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the TMA.
ENO 0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: None
060003
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, TMADE d Default Value: None
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA er)
MOD Same
TMADE Band
VICED Antenna
ATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SUBUN BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the TMA subunit,
ITNO 0, TMADE 210601 ion with which starts from 1.
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 ATA 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
LST
A, TMADE d Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Default Value: None
0 LTE ATA er)
MOD Same
TMADE Band
VICED Antenna
ATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MODEL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the model of the RET antenna
NO 0, TMADE 210601 ion with connected to the TMA.
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~15 characters
0 ATA 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
DSP
A, TMADE d Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE ATA er)
LST Same
TMADE Band
VICED Antenna
ATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 211


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SERIAL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD.
NO 0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~17 characters
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: None
060003
WCDM DSP Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~17 characters
A, TMADE d Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA er)
LST Same
TMADE Band
VICED Antenna
ATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

BAND1 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.
0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 060003 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, TMADE d Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE ATA er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
Same Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
Band Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
Antenna Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
Sharing Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
Unit Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
(900Mh Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
z) Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 212


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.
WIDTH 0, TMADE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
1 BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 060003 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, TMADE d
BTS390 Amplifi Unit: degree
VICED
0 LTE ATA er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
Same Default Value: 0
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

GAIN1 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1.
0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
060003
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, TMADE d Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 213


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BAND2 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 2 supported by the antenna.
0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 060003 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, TMADE d Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE ATA er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
Same Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
Band Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
Antenna Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
Sharing Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
Unit Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
(900Mh Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
z) Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 2.
WIDTH 0, TMADE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
2 BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 060003 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, TMADE d
BTS390 Amplifi Unit: degree
VICED
0 LTE ATA er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
Same Default Value: 0
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 214


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

GAIN2 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 2.
0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
060003
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, TMADE d Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

BAND3 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 3 supported by the antenna.
0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 060003 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, TMADE d Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE ATA er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
Same Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
Band Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
Antenna Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
Sharing Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
Unit Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
(900Mh Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
z) Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 215


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 3.
WIDTH 0, TMADE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
3 BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 060003 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, TMADE d
BTS390 Amplifi Unit: degree
VICED
0 LTE ATA er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
Same Default Value: 0
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

GAIN3 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 3.
0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
060003
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, TMADE d Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 216


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BAND4 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 4 supported by the antenna.
0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 060003 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, TMADE d Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE ATA er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
Same Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
Band Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
Antenna Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
Sharing Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
Unit Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
(900Mh Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
z) Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 4.
WIDTH 0, TMADE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
4 BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 060003 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, TMADE d
BTS390 Amplifi Unit: degree
VICED
0 LTE ATA er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
Same Default Value: 0
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 217


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

GAIN4 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 4.
0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
060003
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, TMADE d Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

DATE BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is
0, TMADE 210601 ion with installed.
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~6 characters
0 ATA 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
DSP
A, TMADE d Actual Value Range: 0~6 characters
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE ATA er)
LST Same
TMADE Band
VICED Antenna
ATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

INSTAL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation
LERID 0, TMADE 210601 ion with technician who installed the antenna.
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters
0 ATA 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
DSP
A, TMADE d Actual Value Range: 0~5 characters
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE ATA er)
LST Same
TMADE Band
VICED Antenna
ATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 218


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BSID BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the base station ID. AISG1.1-
0, TMADE 210601 ion with based TMA support a maximum base station ID
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA length of 12 characters. If the input base station ID has
0 ATA 060003 (Tower more than 12 characters, only the first 12 characters
WCDM DSP Mounte are saved on the TMA.
A, TMADE d GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE er) Unit: None
ATA
Same Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
LST
TMADE Band Default Value: NULL(empty string)
VICED Antenna
ATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SECTO BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the AISG sector ID. AISG1.1-
RID 0, TMADE 210601 ion with based TMA support a maximum sector ID length of 4
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA characters. If the input sector ID has more than 4
0 ATA 060003 (Tower characters, only the first 4 characters are saved on the
WCDM DSP Mounte TMA.
A, TMADE d GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE er) Unit: None
ATA
Same Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
LST
TMADE Band Default Value: NULL(empty string)
VICED Antenna
ATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

BEARI BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the antenna azimuth.
NG 0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~359
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: degree
060003
WCDM DSP Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~359
A, TMADE d Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA er)
LST Same
TMADE Band
VICED Antenna
ATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 219


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

TILT BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the mechanical tilt of the
0, TMADE 210601 ion with installation.
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: -100~300
0 ATA 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: 0.1degree
DSP
A, TMADE d Actual Value Range: -10~30, step:0.1
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Default Value: 0
0 LTE ATA er)
LST Same
TMADE Band
VICED Antenna
ATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD.
ENO 0, SASU 210601 ion with The device number of the ALD must be unique.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~125
0 ALDSW 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A DSP LOFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 0~125
ALDVE 01024 / Amplifi Default Value: None
R TDLOF er)
DSP D-00102 Same
SASU 4 Band
LST Antenna
SASU Sharing
Unit
MOD (900Mh
SASU z)
RMV
Remote
SASU
Electrica
RST l Tilt
ALD Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 220


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD,
ENAME 0, SASU 210601 ion with which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA set the device name in the following format:
0 SASU 060003 (Tower sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
WCDM Mounte parts are as follows: Sector: indicates the number of
A DSP LOFD-0 d the sector. Device type: indicates the type of currently
ALDVE 01024 / Amplifi connected device. It can be SINGLE_RET (Single-
R TDLOF er) antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET
DSP D-00102 Same (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), TMA
RAEDE 4 Band (Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band
VICED Antenna Antenna Sharing Unit), or RAE (Remote eAntenna
ATA Sharing Extension). Network type: indicates whether the
DSP Unit current ALD is used for a 2G network or 3G/LTE
RAEFU (900Mh network. The device name is optional, but the device
NCTIO z) name configured for each ALD must be unique.
N GUI Value Range: 0~83 characters
Remote
DSP Electrica Unit: None
RAESU l Tilt Actual Value Range: 0~83 characters
BUNIT Control Default Value: NULL(empty string)
DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
DSP
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
SASU

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 221


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N 0, SASU 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~62
0 ALDSW 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A DLD LOFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 0~62
RETCF 01024 / Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: 0
TDLOF er)
DSP D-00102 Same
ALDVE 4 Band
R Antenna
MOD Sharing
SASU Unit
RST (900Mh
ALD z)
SCN Remote
ALD Electrica
DSP l Tilt
SASU Control
LST
SASU

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN 0, SASU 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
0 ALDSW 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A DLD LOFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
RETCF 01024 / Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: None
TDLOF er)
DSP D-00102 Same
ALDVE 4 Band
R Antenna
MOD Sharing
SASU Unit
RST (900Mh
ALD z)
SCN Remote
ALD Electrica
DSP l Tilt
SASU Control
LST
SASU

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 222


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N 0, SASU 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~8
0 ALDSW 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A DLD LOFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 0~8
RETCF 01024 / Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: None
TDLOF er)
DSP D-00102 Same
ALDVE 4 Band
R Antenna
MOD Sharing
SASU Unit
RST (900Mh
ALD z)
SCN Remote
ALD Electrica
DSP l Tilt
SASU Control
LST
SASU

VENDO BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.
RCODE 0, SASU 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA
0 (Tower Unit: None
SASU 060003
WCDM Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
A LST LOFD-0 d
SASU Default Value: NULL(empty string)
01024 / Amplifi
TDLOF er)
D-00102 Same
4 Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 223


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SERIAL BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The
NO 0, SASU 210601 ion with vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA an ALD.
0 SASU 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
WCDM Mounte
A LST LOFD-0 d Unit: None
SASU 01024 / Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
TDLOF er) Default Value: NULL(empty string)
D-00102 Same
4 Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

DEVIC BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the device number of the SASU.
ENO 0, SASUS GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 UBUNI
0 T Unit: None
WCDM LST Actual Value Range: 0~125
A SASUS Default Value: None
UBUNI
T
MOD
SASUS
UBUNI
T

SUBUN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the subunit, which
ITNO 0, SASUS starts from 1.
BTS390 UBUNI GUI Value Range: 1~2
0 T
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A SASUS Actual Value Range: 1~2
UBUNI Default Value: None
T
MOD
SASUS
UBUNI
T

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 224


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNC BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N 0, SASUS RFU to which the SASU subunit is connected.
BTS390 UBUNI GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
0 T
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A SASUS Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
UBUNI Default Value: 255
T

CONNS BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN 0, SASUS RFU to which the SASU subunit is connected.
BTS390 UBUNI GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
0 T
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A SASUS Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
UBUNI Default Value: 255
T

CONNS BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N 0, SASUS RFU to which the SASU subunit is connected.
BTS390 UBUNI GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
0 T
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A SASUS Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
UBUNI Default Value: 255
T

CONNP BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the antenna port to
N 0, SASUS which the SASU subunit is connected.
BTS390 UBUNI GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
0 T R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
WCDM LST R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
A SASUS Unit: None
UBUNI
T Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
R0F, R0G, R0H
Default Value: R0A(R0A)

BSGAI BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain on the GSM channel.
N 0, SASUS Uplink signals can be amplified by the SASU, and the
BTS390 UBUNI gain of the uplink signals is configurable. If this
0 T parameter is set to 65535, it is invalid and the actual
WCDM LST gain is not changed.
A SASUS GUI Value Range: 0~12,65535
UBUNI Unit: dB
T
Actual Value Range: 0~12,65535
Default Value: 65535

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 225


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

UMTSG BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain on the UMTS channel.
AIN 0, SASUS Uplink signals can be amplified by the SASU, and the
BTS390 UBUNI gain of the uplink signals is configurable. If this
0 T parameter is set to 65535, it is invalid and the actual
WCDM LST gain is not changed.
A SASUS GUI Value Range: 0~12,65535
UBUNI Unit: dB
T
Actual Value Range: 0~12,65535
Default Value: 65535

SUBNA BTS390 MOD LOFD-0 Remote Meaning: Indicates the name of the RET subunit.The
ME 0, RETSU 01024 / Electrica name of the RET subunit is optional, but the name
BTS390 BUNIT TDLOF l Tilt configured for each RET subunit must be unique.
0 MOD D-00102 Control GUI Value Range: 0~49 characters
WCDM RETTIL 4
A, Unit: None
T
BTS390 Actual Value Range: 0~49 characters
0 LTE DSP
RETDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
VICED
ATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD.
ENO 0, RAE 210601 ion with The device number of the ALD must be unique.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~125
0 ALDSW 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DSP LOFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 ALDVE 01024 / Amplifi Default Value: None
0 LTE R TDLOF er)
DSP D-00102 Same
RAE 4 Band
LST Antenna
RAE Sharing
Unit
MOD (900Mh
RAE z)
RMV
Remote
RAE
Electrica
RST l Tilt
ALD Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 226


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD,
ENAME 0, RAE 210601 ion with which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA set the device name in the following format:
0 RAE 060003 (Tower sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
WCDM Mounte parts are as follows: Sector: indicates the number of
A, DSP LOFD-0 d the sector. Device type: indicates the type of currently
BTS390 ALDVE 01024 / Amplifi connected device. It can be SINGLE_RET (Single-
0 LTE R TDLOF er) antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET
DSP D-00102 Same (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), TMA
RAE 4 Band (Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band
DSP Antenna Antenna Sharing Unit), or RAE (Remote eAntenna
RAEDE Sharing Extension). Network type: indicates whether the
VICED Unit current ALD is used for a 2G network or 3G/LTE
ATA (900Mh network. The device name is optional, but the device
z) name configured for each ALD must be unique.
DSP
RAEFU GUI Value Range: 0~83 characters
Remote
NCTIO Electrica Unit: None
N l Tilt Actual Value Range: 0~83 characters
DSP Control Default Value: NULL(empty string)
RAESU
BUNIT
DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
DSP
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
RAE

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 227


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N 0, RAE 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~62
0 ALDSW 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DLD LOFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 0~62
BTS390 RETCF 01024 / Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: 0
0 LTE TDLOF er)
DSP D-00102 Same
ALDVE 4 Band
R Antenna
MOD Sharing
RAE Unit
RST (900Mh
ALD z)
SCN Remote
ALD Electrica
DSP l Tilt
RAE Control
LST
RAE

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN 0, RAE 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
0 ALDSW 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DLD LOFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
BTS390 RETCF 01024 / Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: None
0 LTE TDLOF er)
DSP D-00102 Same
ALDVE 4 Band
R Antenna
MOD Sharing
RAE Unit
RST (900Mh
ALD z)
SCN Remote
ALD Electrica
DSP l Tilt
RAE Control
LST
RAE

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 228


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N 0, RAE 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~8
0 ALDSW 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DLD LOFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 0~8
BTS390 RETCF 01024 / Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: None
0 LTE TDLOF er)
DSP D-00102 Same
ALDVE 4 Band
R Antenna
MOD Sharing
RAE Unit
RST (900Mh
ALD z)
SCN Remote
ALD Electrica
DSP l Tilt
RAE Control
LST
RAE

SUBUN BTS390 ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the number of configured RAE
ITNUM 0, RAE subunits.
BTS390 MOD GUI Value Range: 1~6
0 RAE
WCDM Unit: None
A, LST Actual Value Range: 1~6
BTS390 RAE
Default Value: 1
0 LTE

SCENA BTS390 ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the connection scenario of the
RIO 0, RAE antenna. This parameter must be set based on the
BTS390 MOD hardware installation. The vendor code and serial
0 RAE number of the device must be correctly configured in
WCDM a non-regular scenario. This parameter can be set to
A, LST REGULAR or DAISY_CHAIN.
BTS390 RAE
GUI Value Range: REGULAR(REGULAR),
0 LTE DAISY_CHAIN(DAISY_CHAIN)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN
Default Value: None

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 229


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

VENDO BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.
RCODE 0, RAE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA
0 (Tower Unit: None
RAE 060003
WCDM Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
A, LST LOFD-0 d
RAE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS390 01024 / Amplifi
0 LTE TDLOF er)
D-00102 Same
4 Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SERIAL BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The
NO 0, RAE 210601 ion with vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA an ALD.
0 RAE 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
WCDM Mounte
A, LST LOFD-0 d Unit: None
BTS390 RAE 01024 / Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
0 LTE TDLOF er) Default Value: NULL(empty string)
D-00102 Same
4 Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 230


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 DLD None None Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RAE.
ENO 0, RAEFIL GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 E
0 Unit: None
DSP
WCDM RAEFIL Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, E Default Value: None
BTS390
0 LTE DSP
RAEFU
NCTIO
N
DSP
RAESU
BUNIT
DSP
RAEWE
IGHT
LST
RAESU
BUNIT
MOD
RAESU
BUNIT
RST
RAEFIL
E
ULD
RAEFIL
E

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 231


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SUBUN BTS390 DLD None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the RAE subunit,
ITNO 0, RAEFIL which starts from 1.
BTS390 E GUI Value Range: 1~6
0 DSP
WCDM Unit: None
RAEFIL
A, E Actual Value Range: 1~6
BTS390 Default Value: None
0 LTE DSP
RAEFU
NCTIO
N
DSP
RAESU
BUNIT
DSP
RAEWE
IGHT
LST
RAESU
BUNIT
MOD
RAESU
BUNIT
RST
RAEFIL
E
ULD
RAEFIL
E

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 232


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SUBNA BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the name of the RAE subunit. The
ME 0, RAESU name of the RAE subunit is optional, but the name
BTS390 BUNIT configured for each RAE subunit must be unique.
0 DSP GUI Value Range: 0~49 characters
WCDM RAEDE
A, Unit: None
VICED
BTS390 ATA Actual Value Range: 0~49 characters
0 LTE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
DSP
RAEFIL
E
DSP
RAEFU
NCTIO
N
DSP
RAESU
BUNIT
DSP
RAEWE
IGHT
LST
RAESU
BUNIT

CONNC BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N 0, RAESU RFU that provides the antenna port to which the RAE
BTS390 BUNIT subunit is connected.
0 LST GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
WCDM RAESU
A, Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
0 LTE Default Value: 255

CONNS BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN 0, RAESU RFU that provides the antenna port to which the RAE
BTS390 BUNIT subunit is connected.
0 LST GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
WCDM RAESU
A, Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
0 LTE Default Value: 255

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 233


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNS BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N 0, RAESU RFU that provides the antenna port to which the RAE
BTS390 BUNIT subunit is connected.
0 LST GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
WCDM RAESU
A, Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
0 LTE Default Value: 255

DEVIC BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RAE.
ENO 0, RAEDE GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: None
WCDM LST Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, RAEDE Default Value: None
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE ATA
MOD
RAEDE
VICED
ATA

SUBUN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the RAE subunit,
ITNO 0, RAEDE which starts from 1.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 1~6
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A, RAEDE Actual Value Range: 1~6
BTS390 VICED Default Value: None
0 LTE ATA
MOD
RAEDE
VICED
ATA

MODEL BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the model of the RAE antenna
NO 0, RAEDE module.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~15 characters
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, RAEDE Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters
BTS390 VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE ATA
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 234


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SERIAL BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the RAE
NO 0, RAEDE antenna module.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~17 characters
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, RAEDE Actual Value Range: 0~17 characters
BTS390 VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE ATA
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA

BAND1 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.
0, RAEDE NULL indicates that the band is not configured or the
BTS390 VICED band fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
WCDM DSP Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
A, RAEDE Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
BTS390 VICED Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
0 LTE ATA Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
LST Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
RAEDE Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
VICED Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
ATA Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 235


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEAM BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.
WIDTH 0, RAEDE Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
1 BTS390 VICED antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA measure the antenna pattern. NULL indicates that the
WCDM DSP beamwidth is not configured or the beamwidth fails to
A, RAEDE be obtained.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~359
0 LTE ATA Unit: degree
LST Actual Value Range: 0~359
RAEDE
VICED Default Value: 0
ATA

GAIN1 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1. NULL
0, RAEDE indicates that the gain is not configured or the gain
BTS390 VICED fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: 0~255
WCDM DSP
A, Unit: 0.1dBi
RAEDE
BTS390 VICED Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
0 LTE ATA Default Value: 0
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 236


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BAND2 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates band 2 supported by the antenna.
0, RAEDE NULL indicates that the band is not configured or the
BTS390 VICED band fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
WCDM DSP Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
A, RAEDE Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
BTS390 VICED Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
0 LTE ATA Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
LST Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
RAEDE Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
VICED Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
ATA Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

BEAM BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 2.
WIDTH 0, RAEDE Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
2 BTS390 VICED antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA measure the antenna pattern. NULL indicates that the
WCDM DSP beamwidth is not configured or the beamwidth fails to
A, RAEDE be obtained.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~359
0 LTE ATA Unit: degree
LST Actual Value Range: 0~359
RAEDE
VICED Default Value: 0
ATA

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 237


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

GAIN2 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 2. NULL
0, RAEDE indicates that the gain is not configured or the gain
BTS390 VICED fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: 0~255
WCDM DSP
A, Unit: 0.1dBi
RAEDE
BTS390 VICED Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
0 LTE ATA Default Value: 0
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA

BAND3 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates band 3 supported by the antenna.
0, RAEDE NULL indicates that the band is not configured or the
BTS390 VICED band fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
WCDM DSP Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
A, RAEDE Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
BTS390 VICED Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
0 LTE ATA Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
LST Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
RAEDE Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
VICED Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
ATA Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 238


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEAM BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 3.
WIDTH 0, RAEDE Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
3 BTS390 VICED antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA measure the antenna pattern. NULL indicates that the
WCDM DSP beamwidth is not configured or the beamwidth fails to
A, RAEDE be obtained.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~359
0 LTE ATA Unit: degree
LST Actual Value Range: 0~359
RAEDE
VICED Default Value: 0
ATA

GAIN3 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 3. NULL
0, RAEDE indicates that the gain is not configured or the gain
BTS390 VICED fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: 0~255
WCDM DSP
A, Unit: 0.1dBi
RAEDE
BTS390 VICED Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
0 LTE ATA Default Value: 0
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 239


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BAND4 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates band 4 supported by the antenna.
0, RAEDE NULL indicates that the band is not configured or the
BTS390 VICED band fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
WCDM DSP Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
A, RAEDE Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
BTS390 VICED Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
0 LTE ATA Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
LST Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
RAEDE Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
VICED Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
ATA Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

BEAM BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 4.
WIDTH 0, RAEDE Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
4 BTS390 VICED antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA measure the antenna pattern. NULL indicates that the
WCDM DSP beamwidth is not configured or the beamwidth fails to
A, RAEDE be obtained.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~359
0 LTE ATA Unit: degree
LST Actual Value Range: 0~359
RAEDE
VICED Default Value: 0
ATA

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 240


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

GAIN4 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 4. NULL
0, RAEDE indicates that the gain is not configured or the gain
BTS390 VICED fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: 0~255
WCDM DSP
A, Unit: 0.1dBi
RAEDE
BTS390 VICED Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
0 LTE ATA Default Value: 0
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA

DATE BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is
0, RAEDE installed.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~6 characters
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, RAEDE Actual Value Range: 0~6 characters
BTS390 VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE ATA
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA

INSTAL BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation
LERID 0, RAEDE technician who installed the antenna.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, RAEDE Actual Value Range: 0~5 characters
BTS390 VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE ATA
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 241


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BSID BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the base station ID.
0, RAEDE GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: None
WCDM DSP Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
A, RAEDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE ATA
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA

SECTO BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the AISG sector ID.
RID 0, RAEDE GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: None
WCDM DSP Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
A, RAEDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE ATA
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 242


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 12 Counters

12 Counters

There are no specific counters associated with this feature.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 243


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 13 Glossary

13 Glossary

For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see the Glossary.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 244


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 14 Reference Documents

14 Reference Documents

1. 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide


2. 3900 Series Base Station Commissioning Guide
3. RRU3942 Hardware Description
4. RRU3841 Hardware Description
5. AAU3910 Hardware Description
6. AAU3920 Hardware Description
7. AAU3940 Hardware Description
8. AISU User Manual

Issue Draft A (2016-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 245


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

You might also like